IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
FOREWORD
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
following
Company :
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will:
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
Shall:
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
Executor :
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
Vendor And Supplier:
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser :
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ . ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
CONSTRUCTION STANDARD
FOR
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
FIRST REVISION
DECEMBER 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫دي‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
CONTENTS :
Page
No
: ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE ..........................................................................5
5................................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES...........................................................6
6............................................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY...............12
12........................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
4. UNITS ...........................................................................12
12........................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................12
12..............................................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-5
5.1 General Conditions for Application .............12
12.................................... ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل‬1-5
5.2 Coating Materials...............................................13
13........................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-5
5.3 Materials Handling and Storage ...................13
13....................................... ‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﻮاد‬3-5
5.4 Identification of Coating Materials ..............13
13........................................... ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-5
5.5 Pipe Identification ..............................................14
14........................................................ ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-5
5.6 Protection of Weld End Preparation ...........14
14................... ‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش‬6-5
5.7 Surface Preparation ..........................................15
15................................................. ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬7-5
5.8 Coating Process ...................................................16
16.............................................. ‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن‬8-5
5.9 Coating Procedure Tests ..................................16
16................................ ‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن‬9-5
5.10 Inspection and Testing (Quality Control)16
16...................... (‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ )ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬10-5
5.11 Quality System ..................................................18
18....................................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬11-5
5.12 Procedure Qualification.................................18
18..................................................... ‫ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ روش‬12-5
5.13 Coating Production Requirements.............23
23.......................................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬13-5
5.14 Inspection and Rejection of Finished
Coating ................................................................23
23...... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬14-5
5.15 Coating Requirements and Test
Methods ...............................................................23
23.................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬15-5
1
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.16 Defect Rate .........................................................25
25...........................................................‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻋﻴﺐ‬16-5
5.17 Repairs.................................................................25
25............................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬17-5
5.18 Stripping of Coating........................................25
25....................................................... ‫ ﻛﻨﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬18-5
6. TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND
STORAGE ..................................................................26
26..................................... ‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬،‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬-6
6.1 Handling and Storage Requirements ..........26
26.....................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬1-6
6.2 Transportation Loading...................................27
27.............................................. ‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬2-6
7. COLD-APPLIED TAPE COATINGS
(See AWWA C 209 standard) ...............................27
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﻮاري ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬-7
27................................. (‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C209
7.1 General ..................................................................27
27.................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.2 Surface Preparation Prior to Coating .........28
28................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﻢزﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-7
7.3 Coating Application...........................................28
28........................................................ ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-7
7.4 Coating of Welded Field Joints......................29
29............. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬4-7
7.5 Mechanical Coupling and Pipe Ends ...........30
30................................ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-7
7.6 Coating Repair ....................................................30
30......................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-7
7.7 Inspection and Rejection .................................30
30......................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬7-7
8. FUSION-BONDED EPOXY COATING
(FBE) .............................................................................30
30.................... (FBE) ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬-8
8.1 General ..................................................................30
30.................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.2 Surface Preparation ..........................................31
31................................................. ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-8
8.3 Coating Application...........................................31
31........................................................ ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-8
8.4 Field Coating of Welded Joints......................32
32..... ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬4-8
8.5 Coating of Connections and
Appurtenances .....................................................33
33...................................‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت‬5-8
2
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
8.6 Inspection and Rejection .................................34
34......................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-8
8.7 Coating Repair ....................................................34
34.........................................................‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬7-8
9. HOT APPLIED ENAMEL COATING ..............35
35....................................................‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-9
9.1 General ..................................................................35
35.................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.2 Surface Preparation ..........................................36
36.................................................. ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-9
9.3 Coating Application...........................................36
36.........................................................‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-9
9.4 Coating of Joint, Fittings, Connections .......41
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬4-9
41............................................ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬
9.5 Inspection and Rejection .................................42
42...........................................‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي‬5-9
9.6 Coating Repair ....................................................42
42.......................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-9
9.7 Rejection................................................................43
43........................................................... ‫ ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي‬7-9
10. CONCRETE COATING OF LINE PIPE .......43
43.................................................. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-10
10.1 General ................................................................43
43................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.2 Reinforcement Steel ........................................44
44..................................................... ‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻓﻮﻻدي‬2-10
10.3 Coating Process ................................................48
48............................................ ‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن‬3-10
10.4 Concrete Curing ...............................................50
50......................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ‬4-10
10.5 Inspection and Testing ...................................52
52...................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬5-10
10.6 Repairs and Rejection ....................................55
55....................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-10
11. POLYETHYLENE AND POLYPROPYLENE
COATING APPLICATION..................................57
57..................... ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ و ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬-11
11.1 General ................................................................57
57................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.2 Fusion-Bonded Low Density Polyethylene
Coating (Powder Sintering)............................58
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬2-11
58............................................... (‫ﻛﻢ )ﺗﻔﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻮدر‬
3
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
12. POLYURETHANE COATINGS .......................61
61................................................. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬-12
12.1 General ................................................................61
61...................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12
12.2 Application of the Coating ............................62
62....................................................... ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-12
12.3 Composition of the Coating ..........................62
62..................................................... ‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-12
12.4 Field and Shop Application Procedure .....63
63........................... ‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬4-12
12.5 Requirements of the Applied Coating .......64
64................................. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬5-12
12.6 Inspection and Rejection ...............................64
64........................................ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-12
13. COATING APPLICATION OF FITTINGS AND
CONNECTIONS .....................................................64
64.......... ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬-13
13.1 General ................................................................64
64.................................................................. ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13
13.2 Cold Applied Primer and Prefabricated
Tape........................................................................65
65................. ‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا و ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬2-13
13.3 Polyethylene Heat Shrinkable Coatings ...66
66............‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬3-13
13.4 Asphalt Mastic Coating (for
IPS-M-TP-105 Standard) ................................68
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-13
68.......................... (‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-105
14. INSTALLATION OF COATED PIPE AND
BACKFILLING .......................................................69
69. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه و ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﻛﺮدن اﻃﺮاف آن‬-14
14.1 General ................................................................69
69.................................................................. ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-14
14.2 Bending................................................................69
69..............................................................‫ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن‬2-14
14.3 Protection During Welding...........................70
70.................................... ‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-14
14.4 Application of Rockshield .............................70
70..................................................‫ اﻋﻤﺎل راك ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‬4-14
14.5 Hoisting ...............................................................70
70................................................................ ‫ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬5-14
14.6 Pipe Bedding and Trench Backfill .............70
70.................... ‫ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬6-14
14.7 Backfilling ..........................................................71
71................................................................ ‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي‬7-14
4
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اوﻟﻴﻪ و‬1-1
1.1 This construction Standard gives the minimum
requirements for initial construction and
maintenance of coating of steel pipelines.
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
1.2 This Standard is intended for corrosion
protection of pipelines in Oil, Gas and
Petrochemical Industries, underground facilities of
gas transmission and distribution system, marine
and subsea facilities and where applicable.
1.3 Inspection and test methods for quality control
are also specified throughout this Standard.
1.4 The engineering requirements of coating shall
be in accordance with IPS-E-TP-270.
1.5
This
Standard
covers
construction
requirements of the following coating systems for
pipelines:
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬2-1
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و‬،‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت درﻳﺎﻳﻲ و زﻳﺮدرﻳﺎﻳﻲ و ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﮔﺎز‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬3-1
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑــﺎﻳــﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧــﺪارد‬4-1
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-270
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ زﻳﺮ را‬،‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5-1
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
a) Cold applied tape coating (see 7).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻪ‬
b) Fusion bonded epoxy coating (see 8).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬8 ‫ب ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ )ﺑﻪ‬
c) Hot applied enamel coating (see 9).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬9 ‫ج ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻪ‬
d) Concrete coating (see 10).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬10 ‫د( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ )ﺑﻪ‬
e) Polyethylene and polypropylene coating (see
11).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬11 ‫ﻫ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ و ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ )ﺑﻪ‬
f) Polyurethane coating (see 12)
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬12 ‫و ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن )ﺑﻪ‬
Note 1:
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1383 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﻣﺮداد ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
1 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬238 ‫ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
August 2004, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
238.
Note 2:
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و‬1388 ‫ﻛﻪ در دي ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
(0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on Dec 2009 which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
Note 3:
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار و‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING
AND MATERIALS)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
ASTM-A 185/A 185M "Standard
Specification for Steel
Welded
Wire
Reinforcement, Plain
for Concrete"
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
ASTM-A-390 "Standard
Specification for Zinc
- Coated (Galvanized)
Steel Poultry Fence
Fabric (Hexagonal and
Straight Line) "
ASTM-A 615 M "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain
Carbon Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement
(Metric)"
ASTM-C-171 "Standard Specification
for Sheet Materials for
Curing Concrete"
ASTM-C-309 "Standard Specification
for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds
for Curing Concrete"
ASTM-G- 8 "Standard
Test
Methods for Cathodic
Disbonding
of
Pipeline Coatings"
ASTM-G- 14 "Standard
Test
Method for Impact
Resistance of Pipeline
Coatings
(Falling
Weight Test)"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ ASTM-A 185/A 185M
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺎده ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
"‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺘﻦ‬
ASTM-A-390
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺣﺼﺎر ﻣﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي )ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روي )ﺷﺶ‬
"(‫ﮔﻮﺷﻪ و ﺻﺎف‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ASTM-A 615 M
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫آﺟﺪار و ﺳﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
"(‫ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
ASTM-C-171
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ورﻗﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ‬
"‫آﻣﺪن ﺑﺘﻦ‬
ASTM-C-309
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﺷﻜﻞﮔﻴﺮي ﻏﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آﻣﺪن‬
"‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫"روشﻫﺎي‬ ASTM-G- 8
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺪي ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ‬
"‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
ASTM-G- 14
‫" روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
"(‫)آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻓﺘﺎدن وزﻧﻪ‬
6
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
ASTM-G- 95 "Standard Test Method for Cathodic Disbondment Test
of
Pipeline
Coatings
(Attached Cell Method)"
(AMERICAN WATER WORKS
ASSOCIATION)
AWWA C 203 "Coal Tar Protective Coatings
and Linings for Steel Water
Pipelines- Enamel and TapeHot Applied"
‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ و داﺧﻠﻲ‬ AWWA C 203
‫ﻗﻄﺮان ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
"‫ ﻟﻌﺎب و ﻧﻮار– ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-
AWWA C 205 "Standard for Cement - Mortar
Protective Lining and Coating
for Steel Water Pipe - 4 inch
(100 mm) and Larger-Shop
Applied"
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬ AWWA C 205
‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬100) ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬4 – ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
"‫و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ – اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬
AWWA C 209 "Standard for Cold Applied
Tape Coatings for the Exterior
of
Special
Sections,
Connections, and Fittings For
Steel Water Pipelines"
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬ AWWA C 209
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
" ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
AWWA C 210 "Standard for Liquid Epoxy
Coating Systems for Interior
and Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬ AWWA C 210
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
" ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
AWWA C 213 "Fusion - Bonded Epoxy
Coating for the Interior and
Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines"
‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬ AWWA C 213
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط‬
" ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
AWWA C 214 "Standard for Tape Coating
Systems for the Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines"
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري‬ AWWA C 214
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫آب‬
AWWA C 216 "Standard for Heat - Shrinkable
Cross - Linked Polyolefin
Coatings for the Exterior of
Special Sections, Connections,
and Fittings for Steel Water
Pipelines"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ‬ AWWA C 216
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻠﻲاﻟﻔﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎص‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
" ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي آب‬
AWWA
BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION)
‫"روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ ASTM-G- 95
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬
"(‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )روش ﭘﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
BS 3900 "Method of Test for Paints"
BS 4483 "Steel Fabric for the
Reinforcement of ConcreteSpecification"
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ اﻣﻮر آب آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬AWWA
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
"‫"روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮاي رﻧﮕﻬﺎ‬ BS 3900
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬ "‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
BS 4483
7
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
BS EN ISO 2808 "Paint and Varnishes Determination of Film
Thickness"
BS EN 10300 Tubes
and
Fittings for Onshore and
Offshore
PipelinesBituminous Hot Applied
Materials for External
Coating"
BS EN 10290 "Steel
Tubes
and
Fittings for Onshore and
Offshore
Pipelines-External
Liquid
Applied
Polyurethane
and
Polyurethane –Modified
Coatings"
"Steel
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
IPS-C-PI-140 "Construction Standard
for
Transportation
Pipelines (on Shore)"
IPS-C-TP-101 "Construction Standard
for Surface Preparation"
IPS-C-TP-102 "Construction
for Painting"
IPS-E-TP-270 "Engineering Standard
for Protective Coatings
for
Buried
and
Submerged
Steel
Structures"
IPS-E-GN-100 “Engineering
for Units”
IPS-G-TP-335 Standard
Standard
‫"ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ رﻧﮓ و‬ BS EN ISO 2808
"‫ﺟﻼﻫﺎ‬
‫"ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻴﺮي ﮔﺮم اﺟـﺮا ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺧﻄﻮط‬
"‫ﻟـﻮﻟــﻪ در ﺧﺸﻜﻲ و درﻳﺎ‬
BS EN 10300
‫"اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن و ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن اﺻﻼح‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
"‫در ﺧﺸﻜﻲ و درﻳﺎ‬
BS EN 10290
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط‬ "(‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل )در ﺧﺸﻜﻲ‬
IPS-C-PI-140
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده‬ "‫ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
IPS-C-TP-101
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮاي رﻧﮓ‬ "‫آﻣﻴﺰي‬
IPS-C-TP-102
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮن و ﻏﻮﻃﻪور‬
IPS-E-TP-270
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
"Material
and Construction Standard for
Three Layer Polyethylene
Coating System"
IPS-M-CE-105(1) "Material Standard for
Building Materials"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ IPS-E-GN-100
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺳﻪ‬
"‫ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
IPS-M-TP-105 "Material
and Equipment Standard for
Asphalt Mastic (Cold
Applied)"
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ IPS-M-CE-105 (1)
"‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ "(‫ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي )ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
8
IPS-G-TP-335
IPS-M-TP-105
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
IPS-M-TP-275 "Material
and
Equipment Standard for
Fast Drying Synthetic
Primer for Use with
Hot Applied Coal Tar
or Bitumen (asphalt)
Enamel".
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-275
‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮان ﮔﺮم‬
"(‫اﺟﺮا ﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮي )ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-280 ‫"ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺘﺮي‬ IPS-M-TP-280
‫ﻗﻄﺮان )ﺳﺮداﺟﺮا( ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
"Material and Equipment
for Coal Tar Primer
(Cold Applied) for Use
with Hot Applied Coal
Tar Enamel (IPS-M-TP290)"
" (IPS-M-TP-290)
IPS-M-TP-285 "Material
and
Equipment Standard for
Bitumen Primer (Cold
Applied) for Use with
Hot Applied Bitumen
Enamel (IPS-M-TP295)"
IPS-M-TP-290 "Material
and
Equipment Standard for
Coal Tar Enamel (Hot
Applied)"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-290
"(‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان )ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-295 "Material
and
Equipment Standard for
Bitumen Enamel (Hot
Applied)"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-295
"(‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮي )ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-300 "Material
and
Equipment Standard for
Glass Fiber Mat for
Inner Wrap"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-300
‫ﺣﺼﻴﺮ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻔﺎف‬
"‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-305 "Material
and Equipment Standard for
Coal Tar Impregnated
Glass Fiber Mat for
Outer Wrap"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-305
‫ﺣﺼﻴﺮ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
"‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮان ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻔﺎف ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-306 "Material
and Equipment Standard for
Bitumen Impregnated
Glass Fiber Mat for
Outer Wrap"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-306
‫ﺣﺼﻴﺮ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
"‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻔﺎف ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-310 " Material Standard for Cold
Applied
Laminated Plastic Tape
as Inner Layer Tape
for
Tape
Coating
System of Buried Steel
Pipes”
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮار ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ IPS-M-TP-310
‫ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري‬
"‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-285
‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﻴﺮ )ﺳﺮداﺟﺮا( ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮي ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
"(IPS-M-TP-295)
9
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
IPS-M-TP-311 "Material Standard for
Cold
Applied
Laminated Plastic Tape
as Outer Layer Tape
for
Tape
Coating
System of Buried Steel
Pipes"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮار ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ IPS-M-TP-311
‫ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻮار‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
"‫ﻧﻮاري ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن‬
IPS-M-TP-313 "Material Standard for
Hand-Applied
Laminated
Tape
Suitable for
ColdApplied
Coating
System"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪاي‬ IPS-M-TP-313
‫دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
"‫ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-314 "Material Standard for
Hand-Applied
Laminated
Tape
(Suitable for HotApplied
Coating
Systems)"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪاي‬ IPS-M-TP-314
‫دﺳﺘﻲ )ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
"(‫ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-316 "Material Standard for
Plastic Grid (as Rock
shield) for Pipe
Coating"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬ IPS-M-TP-316
(‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان راكﺷﻴﻠﺪ‬
"‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
IPS-M-TP-317 "Material Standard for
Hand-Applied
Petrolatum Tape &
Primer"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺘﺮي و ﻧﻮار‬ IPS-M-TP-317
"‫ﭘﺘﺮوﻻﺗﻮم دﺳﺘﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-318 "Material Standard for
Heat-Shrinkable
Cross-Linked
Polyethylene-Coatings
(Two-Layers)"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬ IPS-M-TP-318
(‫اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻨﻲ )دوﻻﻳﻪ‬
"‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-321 "Material Standard for
Primers (Ditch and
Yard) for Use with
ColdApplied
Laminated Plastic
Tape (IPS-M-TP-310)
for Tape
Coating
System of Buried
Steel Pipes"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺘﺮيﻫﺎ‬ IPS-M-TP-321
‫)ﮔﻮدال و ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ( ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮار ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬IPS-M-TP-310)
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮن‬
IPS-M-TP-322 "Material Standard for
Primer for Use with
Hand-Applied
Laminated
Tape
Suitable for ColdApplied Tape Coating
System"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-TP-322
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪاي دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري ﺳﺮد‬
"‫اﺟﺮا‬
10
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
IPS-M-TP-323 "Material Standard for Primer for Use with
Hand
Applied
Laminated
Tape
Suitable for Hot Applied Tape Coating
Systems"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ IPS-M-TP-323
‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪاي دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
DIN (DEUTSCHES INSTITUTE FUR
NORMUNG)
DIN EN 10204 "Metallic
ProductsTypes of Inspection
Documents"
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﻨﺎد‬-‫ "ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻓﻠﺰي‬ DIN EN 10204
"‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
DIN EN 10288 "Steel Tubes and Fittings for Onshore
and
Offshore
Pipelines-External
Two-layer Extruded
Polyethylene Based
Coatings"
‫"ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬ IN EN 10288
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺧﺸﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬-‫و درﻳﺎ‬
"‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ دوﻻﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﺘﺮود ﺷﺪه‬
DIN 30670 "Polyethylene
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻟﻤﺎن‬DIN
‫"اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬
"‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
Coating for Steel
Pipes and Fittings;
Requirements
and
testing"
ISO (INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
FOR STANDARDIZATION)
(‫ )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO
ISO 9001 "Quality
Management
Systems Requirements"
"‫"اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ISO 9001
ISO 8501 Steel Substrates
before
Application of Paints
and
Related
Products-Visual
Assessment of Surface
Cleanliness"
‫"آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻗﺒﻞ از‬ -‫اﻋﻤﺎل رﻧﮕﻬﺎ و ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت واﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
"‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
ISO 8501
ISO 10409 "Petroleum and Natural ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬-‫"ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
"‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ ﺣﻤﻞ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
ISO 10409
"Preparation
of
Gas Industries-Application
of
Cement
Lining
to Steel Tubular Goods,
Handling, Installation and
Joining"
NACE (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
CORROSION ENGINEERS)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬NACE
NACE RP 0399 "Standard Recommended Practice, Plant-Applied,
External Coal Tar Enamel
Pipe Coating Systems:
Application, Performance,
And quality Control"
DIN 30670
،‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه‬ NACE RP 0399
‫ﺳـﺎﻣـﺎﻧـﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
:‫از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان در واﺣﺪ‬
"‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل‬
11
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
NACE RP 0490 "Standard
Recommended
Practice Holiday Detection of
FusionBonded
Epoxy
External Pipeline Coatings of
250 to 760 µm(10 to 30 mils)
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
،‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه‬ NACE RP 0490
‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزي ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي در ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬250‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
" (‫ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬60 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10) ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬760
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
(see also IPS-E-TP-270)
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-270 ‫)ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Coating applicator qualification
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
Coating application shall be done only by
applicator qualified by field experience in
applicating the type of coating proposed. To
satisfy this experience requirement, the applicator
shall submit a list of application and installation
and where such data is available the service
condition and reported record of performance.
Inspector
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺠﺮي ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ داراي ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫در اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ از ﻧﺼﺐ و‬،‫اﺣﺮاز اﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
،‫اﺟﺮا و در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ دادهﻫﺎﻳﻲ در دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي و ﮔﺰارش ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه را اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
The inspector or engineer employed by the
Purchaser and acting as the company’s
representative.
The
inspector’s
respective
assistants properly authorized and limited to the
particular duties assigned to them, or the
Company acting as the inspector.
4. UNITS
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻴﺎران ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮر ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ در ﺣﺪ وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺎزرس ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬،‫داراي اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
This Standard is based on International System of
Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where
otherwise is specified.
5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-5
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل‬1-5
5.1 General Conditions for Application
‫ آب و ﻫﻮا ﻳﻚ ﺷﺮط ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬1-1-5
5.1.1 Weather is an externally important condition
that must be taken into consideration during any
coating application. The temperature and humidity
limits for each coating shall be considered.
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫دﻣﺎ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
5.1.2 The coating shall not be applied under windy
conditions.
5.1.3 The coating shall not be applied where the
temperature is less than 3°C above the dew point.
5.1.4 The coating shall not be applied on wet or
damp surface, as adhesion will be affected.
5.1.5 The coating shall not be applied when the
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ وزش ﺑﺎد اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬2-1-5
‫ درﺟﻪ‬3 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
3-1-5
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗَﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻢداري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
4-1-5
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ اﺛﺮﮔﺬار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
4 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
12
5-1-5
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬
ambient temperature is less than 4°C.
5.2 Coating Materials
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-5
5.2.1 Only the coating system which complies
with IPS-E-TP-270 standard shall be used.
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
1-2-5
.‫ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-270
5.2.2 When the Company supplies coating
materials, the materials shall be certified by the
Company ensuring that all coating materials
comply with all of the provisions contained in the
relevant IPS Material Standards for coating,
originally and prior to application .The Contractor
may make any investigations necessary, by testing
or other means to ensure the company of material
compliance.
5.2.3 When the contractor is responsible for
coating materials supply, the coating materials
supplied shall be certified by the manufacturer in
accordance with the requirements cited in the
relevant IPS-M-TP Standards for coating. The
contractor shall obtain and retain all certificates
and manufacturer’s data sheets. These data sheets
shall be made available for examination by the
Company on request. The Company may make
any investigation necessary, by way of testing,
batch sampling, manufacturing and factory
inspection, to ensure itself of material compliance.
5.3 Materials Handling and Storage
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬2-2-5
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد‬
IPS ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺮرات ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ در آﻏﺎز ﻛﺎر و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻫﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﻻزﻣﻲ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ از‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-2-5
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬IPS-M-TP ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و داده‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺮگﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎي ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻزﻣﻲ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و در‬،‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي‬،‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪن از ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﻮاد‬3-5
5.3.1 The materials shall be stored in the
manufacturer’s
original
packaging
under
ventilated conditions and away from direct
sunlight. Where required and applicable airconditioned storage shall be observed.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬1-3-5
‫ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ و دور از ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮع اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
5.3.2 The materials shall be handled in such a way
that they do not suffer any damage.
5.3.3 All coating materials consigned to the
coating site shall be properly stored in accordance
with the manufacturer instructions at all times to
prevent damage and deterioration prior to use.
Materials shall be used in the order in which they
are delivered.
5.4 Identification of Coating Materials
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ دﭼﺎر ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬2-3-5
.‫ﺧﺴﺎرﺗﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ارﺳﺎل‬3-3-5
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻮاره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮرات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﺴﺎرت و ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-5
All materials supplied for coating operations shall
be suitably marked giving the following
information:
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
،‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎتﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت داده ﺷﺪه زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪار‬
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
13
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.4.1 The manufacturer’s name and address.
.‫ اﺳﻢ و آدرس ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬1-4-5
5.4.2 The material and order number.
.‫ ﻣﺎده و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش‬2-4-5
5.4.3 The batch number.
.‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ‬3-4-5
5.4.4 Date of manufacture and shelf life.
.‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣﺼﺮف‬4-4-5
5.4.5 Directions for mixing and/or thinning with
solvents if any.
‫ﻳﺎ رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ‬/‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن و‬5-4-5
5.4.6 Directions for handling and storing of the
coating materials.
.‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-4-5
5.4.7 Material safety data sheet.
.‫ داده ﺑﺮگ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎده‬7-4-5
5.5 Pipe Identification
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-5
.‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ اﮔﺮ )ﺣﻼل داﺷﺘﻪ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5.5.1 All identification marking, whether internal
or external to the pipes, shall be carefully recorded
before surface preparation.
،‫ ﺧﻮاه داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬1-5-5
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.5.2 The date of coating finish and the coating
factory markings including pipe identification
code shall be legibly marked on coating surface of
each pipe.
5.6 Protection of Weld End Preparation
‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪ‬2-5-5
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮاﻧﺎ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش‬6-5
5.6.1 Weld end preparations shall be protected
from mechanical damage during handling, storage,
surface preparation and the coating processes. The
methods used shall also ensure that no damage
occurs to the internal surface of the pipe.
Protection during handling and storage shall be in
accordance with clause 6.1.
5.6.2 Weld end preparations shall be protected
from damage during coating application process
by a method approved by company.
5.6.3 For technical welding reasons the ends of the
pipes shall be free of any coating layer (cut back)
over a length of 100 mm up to size DN 500 mm
(20 in.) inclusive and over a length of 150 mm for
sizes over DN 500 mm, unless otherwise specified
by the Company.
5.6.4 The uncoated ends of pipes shall not exceed
150 mm unless otherwise specified by the
Company.
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرت‬1-6-5
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ و‬،‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن دﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ وارد ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-6 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-6-5
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺴﺎرت ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از‬،‫ ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-6-5
‫ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ )ﺑﺮش از دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ( ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻃﻮل‬
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬20)‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬DN 500 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬100
DN 500 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬150 ‫و ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻃﻮل‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
150 ‫ دوﺳﺮ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬4-6-5
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
14
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.6.5 The uncoated ends of pipes shall be
temporarily protected against atmospheric
corrosion by a temporary paint or primer easily
removable by brushing.
5.7 Surface Preparation
‫ دوﺳﺮ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬5-6-5
‫اﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ رﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮسزﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫راﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬7-5
5.7.1 The method of surface cleaning and surface
preparation shall be specified by the contractor as
part of the coating procedure qualification and
shall take into account the requirements specified
in (IPS-C-TP-101). In preparation for the
application of the coating, the surface preparation
shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements 5.7.2 to 5.7.7 below.
5.7.2 Where oil, grease or other contaminants are
present they shall be removed, without spreading
them over the surface, with a suitable solvent. For
pipes which have been subjected to contamination,
the contaminant shall be removed by washing
either with potable water or an approved chemical
cleaner. If a chemical cleaner is used, subsequent
washing with potable water will be necessary. The
pipe shall be dried before blast cleaning. All
processes shall be in accordance with IPS-C-TP101 standard.
‫ روش آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬1-7-5
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬
،‫ در آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-7-5 ‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬7-7-5
‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ آﻻﻳﻨﺪهﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬2-7-5
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻼل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ ﺑﺪون ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫دارﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض آﻻﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫آﻻﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آب ﺷﺮب ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ اﮔﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﺎ آب ﺷﺮب ﻻزم‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
1
‫ ﻃﺒﻖ‬Sa 2 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫــﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗــﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬3-7-5
2
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ISO 8501 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬40 ‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﺎده ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در‬.‫روش ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5.7.4 The metal surface shall be inspected
immediately after blast cleaning and all slivers,
scabs, etc., made visible by blast cleaning and
detrimental to the coating process shall be
removed using a method approved by company.
After the removal of defects, the remaining wall
thickness shall comply with the relevant pipe
specification. Any rectified areas shall be blast
cleaned to meet the requirements of 5.7.3.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4-7-5
5.7.5 Any pipe found to have defects which exceed
the levels permitted in the relevant pipe specification
shall be set aside for examination by an authorized
5.7.3 Pipes shall be blast cleaned to a minimum of
Sa 2½ finish to ISO 8501 standard. The surface
roughness profile shall be between 40 µm and 100
µm height, unless specified by individual coating
system, measured by an agreed method. The blast
cleaning medium used shall be according to
IPS-C-TP-101 standard.
‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺮاﺷﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه دﻳﻮاره ﺑﻌﺪ‬.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫از ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺮوي از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-7-5
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز در‬5-7-5
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬
15
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬارده ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺪون ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻗﺪام ﺑﻌﺪي اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﮕﻴﺮد‬
company representative and no subsequent action
taken without the agreement of the Company.
5.7.6 Directly before coating, any dust, grit or
other contaminants shall be removed from the pipe
surface by a method established as acceptable by
the relevant coating procedure test and recorded in
the relevant coating procedure.
5.7.7 Where rust blooming or further surface
contamination has occurred, the pipe shall be
cleaned again in accordance with clause 5.7.2 and
again blast cleaned in accordance with clause
5.7.3. Coating shall take place before any further
contamination or rust blooming appears.
5.8 Coating Process
‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ آﻻﻳﻨﺪهﻫﺎ درﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك‬6-7-5
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ روش‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه در آزﻣﻮن روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻧﮓزدن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي‬7-7-5
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬2-7-5 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دوﺑﺎره ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬3-7-5 ‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﻣﺠﺪداً ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻇﻬﻮر ﻣﺠﺪد ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫زﻧﮓزدن اوﻟﻴﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن‬8-5
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روشﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
The coating application process shall be carried
out using the procedures specified in this
Standard.
5.9 Coating Procedure Tests
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن‬9-5
The coating process shall comply with the
procedures established in the coating procedure
qualification plan (See clause 5.10). Any changes
in coating materials, pipe dimensions, pipe
manufacturing process or the coating process may,
at the discretion of the Company, necessitate a
new coating procedure approval tests.
Additionally, approved procedure tests shall be
confirmed as proving tests, at intervals of not
more than 1 year for each type of coating material
used by the contractor and for each size of pipe
and pipe manufacturing process as requested by
the Company.
5.10 Inspection and Testing (Quality Control)
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روشﻫﺎي ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬10-5
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬،‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪي را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ روش‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺿﺮوري ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي روش ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت‬،‫ﺑﻌﻼوه‬
‫اﺛﺒﺎت ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع‬
‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮي از‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ )ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬10-5
5.10.1 The quality control system shall include as
a minimum the requirements listed in Table 1.
5.10.2 All inspections and testings listed in Table
2 shall be made by the contractor and witnessed
and certified by the inspector.
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬1-10-5
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در‬2-10-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و از ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎزرس ﻧﻈﺎرت و‬2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
5.10.3 After examination or test, should the inspector find out that any pipe has not been
cleaned or coated in accordance with this
construction Standard. The contractor shall be
required to remove the coating which is
considered defective or inadequate, and to reclean
and recoat the pipe to the requirements for
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬،‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬3-10-5
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺸﺪه‬،‫را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻠﺰم ﺑﻪ زدودن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب‬.‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن و ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﻣﺠﺪد ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
16
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
approval of the inspector.
5.10.4 The inspector shall have access at any time
to the construction site and to those parts of all
plants that are concerned with the performance of
work under this Construction Standard.
5.10.5 The contractor shall provide the necessary
inspection tools and instruments for the inspector
as well as normal facilities necessary for
inspection.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺗﻤﺎم‬4-10-5
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي واﺣﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ‬5-10-5
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرس را‬،‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
TABLE 1 - MINIMUM QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
REFERENCE
STANDARD
REQUIREMENTS
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
a)
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
Check cleanliness of components immediately prior to cleaning
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
b)
Monitor size, shape, and cleanliness of the blast cleaning material and process
‫ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻣﺎده و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ب ( ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻧﺪازه‬
c)
Check the coating thickness
Check the coating continuity
Check the coating adhesion
Check the cure of coating
Supervision to ensure the adequate and proper repair of all defects
Check on coating appearance
Check for damage to weld and preparations
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫ن ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺧﺴﺎرت وارده ﺑﻪ ﺟﻮش و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزيﻫﺎ‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫م ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
n)
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫ل ( ﻧﻈﺎرتﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻴﻮب‬
m)
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫ك ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
l)
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫ي ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
k)
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Standard
‫ط ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
j)
IPS-C-TP-102
This Standard
‫ح ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
i)
IPS-C-TP-101
Check the weather condition
‫ز ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻮا‬
h)
IPS-C-TP-101
Check temperature of the component surface by an agreed method
‫و ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روش ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه‬
g)
IPS-C-TP-101
Check for residual contamination of component surfaces
‫ﻫـ ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
f)
IPS-C-TP-101
Check component surface roughness profile
‫د ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
e)
IPS-E-TP-270
Check visually in good light, the surface of the components for metal defects, dust and entrapped grit
‫ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ذرات ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ج ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮب ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻓﻠﺰي‬
d)
IPS-C-TP-101
17
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.11 Quality System
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬11-5
5.11.1 The contractor shall set up and maintain
such quality assurance and inspection systems as
are necessary to ensure that the goods and service
supplied comply in all respects with the
requirements of this construction Standard.
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1-11-5
‫را آﻧﭽﻨﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار و ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫اﺟﻨﺎس و ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
.‫از ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﺎظ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
5.11.2 The Company will assess such system
against the recommendations of applicable parts
of ISO 9001 standard and shall have the right to
undertake such surveys as are necessary to ensure
that the quality assurance and inspection system
are satisfactory.
5.11.3 The Company shall have the right to
undertake inspection and testing of goods and
services during any stage of work at which the
quality of the finished goods may be affected and
to undertake inspection or testing of raw material
and/or purchased pipes and components.
5.11.4 Compliance certificates
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪاي را ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬2-11-5
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ISO 9001 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮاي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺣﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬
‫رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮدن ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺿﺮوري‬
.‫ ﺑﻌﻬﺪه ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ از اﺟﻨﺎس و‬3-11-5
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺣﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ اﺟﻨﺎس ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ آن اﺳﺖ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎم‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪاري ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه ﮔﻴﺮد‬/‫و‬
‫ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي رﺿﺎﻳﺘﻤﻨﺪي‬4-11-5
For each contract, the contractor shall issue the
required certificates in accordance with DIN
50049 standard (Para.: 2.1-1986) and presented to
the Company.
5.11.5 Test certificates
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻗﺮارداد ﻣﻠﺰم ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪور ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻻزم‬
‫( و‬1986 – 1-2 ‫ )ﭘﺎرﮔﺮاف‬DIN 50049 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-11-5
5.11.5.1 The contractor shall issue the required
certificates in accordance with DIN 50049
standard (Para.: 2.3-1986) for all coating
production tests identified in clauses 13.1 to 13.3
inclusive and presented to the Company.
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻠﺰم ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪور ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻻزم‬1-5-11-5
(1986 – 3-2 ‫ )ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬DIN 50049 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻣﺸﻤﻮل و ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در‬
.‫ و اراﺋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3-13 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-13 ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
5.11.5.2 For all tests witnessed by the inspector a
certificate shall be prepared and issued by the
contractor and certified by the inspector in
accordance with DIN EN 10204 standard.
5.12 Procedure Qualification
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﻧﻈﺎرت‬2-5-11-5
‫ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮف ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺻﺎدر ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬DIN EN 10204 ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ روش‬12-5
5.12.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12-5
5.12.1.1 Before bulk coating of pipes commences
the requirements of (5.12.2) shall be met and a
detailed sequence of operations shall be submitted
to company for checking the compliance with this
Construction Standard and formal approval.
5.12.1.2 The Company shall also specify which
coated pipes are to be subjected to the tests
،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﺪه ﻟـﻮﻟـﻪﻫــﺎ‬1-1-12-5
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﻚ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ‬2-12-5) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎتﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭘﻴﺮوي از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ رﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪام‬2-1-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
18
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ رﺳﻤﻲ‬3-3-12-5) ‫( و‬2-3-12-5) ‫در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬.‫روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﻮب‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪهاي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ارﺳﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
specified in clauses (5.12.3.2) and (5.12.3.3) for
formal approval of coating procedure. No coated
pipes shall be dispatched to the Company or no
coating process shall be done until the coating
procedure has been approved and approval
confirmed in writing by the Company.
5.12.2 Coating procedure specification
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬2-12-5
The coating procedure specification shall
incorporate full details of the following but not
limited to them:
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ را‬
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﺸﻮد‬
a) The coating system(s) to be used together
with appropriate data sheets as defined in 5.7.2.
b) Cleaning of pipe and components and
method of cleaning.
.‫ب ( ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺟﺰاء و روش ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
c) Cleaning medium and technique.
.‫ج ( ﻣﺎده و روش ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
d) Blast cleaning finish, surface roughness
profile, type of abrasive and surface cleaning in
the case of blast cleaning.
‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫د ( ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
e) Dust removal.
.‫ﻫ( ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر‬
f) Coating application methods.
.‫و ( روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
g) Preheat time and temperature, if any
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ز ( زﻣﺎن و دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم‬
h) Powder spray, if any, including use of
recycled materials.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻮد‬،‫ح ( ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدر‬
i) Curing and quenching time and temperature.
.‫ط ( زﻣﺎن و دﻣﺎي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن و ﺳﺮﻣﺎ دادن‬
j) Post cure time and temperature.
.‫ي ( زﻣﺎن و دﻣﺎي ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن‬
k) Repair technique.
.‫ك ( روش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
l) Coating stripping technique.
.‫ل ( روش ﻛﻨﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
5.12.3 Coating procedure approval tests (See
BS 3900 standard)
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ داده‬
‫ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬2-7-5 ‫ﺑﺮگﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫روﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺳﻄﺢ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ )ﺑﻪ‬
3-12-5
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 3900 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
5.12.3.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-12-5
A batch of 10 to 20 pipes of any specific pipe mill
shall be selected by the inspector and coated by
the contractor in accordance with the approved
coating procedure specification (See clause
5.12.2), the coating operations being witnessed by
the inspector. Three pipes from the coated pipes
shall be selected by the inspector and subjected to
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺳﺎزي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10 ‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه از‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-12-5 ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎتﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻧﻈﺎرت ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
19
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه و در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ از‬
‫ و‬2-3-12-5 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﻧﻈﺎرت‬.‫ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬3-3-12-5
‫ﺷﺪه و دوره ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ از ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اراﺋﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
the complete set of tests specified in clauses
5.12.3.2 and 5.12.3.3. Testing shall be witnessed
by the inspector and a full set of records shall be
presented to the Company for consideration.
- Bulk coating of pipes shall not commence
until all short and long term tests (see clauses
5.12.3.2 and 5.12.3.3) results have been
approved officially by company, unless the
contractor takes responsibility of failure for
any long term test.
- All test methods shall be in accordance with
Table 2.
- For polyethylene coating see section 11.0 and
IPS-G-TP-335 standard.
5.12.3.2 Short term approval tests
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﻋﻤﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ رﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ‬‫دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و دراز ﻣﺪت‬
3-3-12-5 ‫ و‬2-3-12-5 ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد( ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻋﺪم ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﻫﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دراز ﻣﺪت را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬-
‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬11 ‫ ﺑـﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠـﻲ اﺗﻴﻠـﻦ ﺑــﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-TP-335
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻣﺪت‬2-3-12-5
5.12.3.2.1 Thickness
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬1-2-3-12-5
For this purpose, at least 12 measurements shall be
made in accordance with Table 2 at locations
uniformly distributed over the length and
periphery of each pipe selected for the test and
checked for compliance with the thickness
specified by Company with reference to IPS-ETP-270 standard.
‫ در‬2 ‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬12 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻫﺪف‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻮل و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه و از ﻟﺤﺎظ‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-270 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
50% of these measurements shall be made along and over the longitudinal weld seam, if any.
‫ درﺻﺪ اﻳﻦ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد و‬50
.‫روي درز ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﻮش اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
5.12.3.2.2 Porosity
Each pipe selected for the test shall be holiday
detected over 100% of its coated surface. No
defect shall be observed when tested in
accordance with Table 2.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬2-2-3-12-5
‫ درﺻﺪ‬100 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬
2 ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﺷﺪه آن اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﮔﺮدد‬،‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪ‬
5.12.3.2.3 Adhesion
This test shall be carried out on each pipe at 5
locations uniformly distributed over the length and
periphery of the pipe, in this respect the
requirements and the method of test shall comply
with Table 2.
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬3-2-3-12-5
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ روي ﻃﻮل و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬2 ‫در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪام از اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.12.3.3 Long term approval tests
The tests identified in clauses 5.12.3.3.1 to
5.12.3.3.7 inclusive shall be performed, when
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه دراز ﻣﺪت‬3-3-12-5
None of these tests must fail.
‫ ﺗــﺎ‬1-3-3-12-5 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫــﺎي‬
20
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ روي‬7-3-3-12-5
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ اﺟﺮا‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
specified by the Company, on test sections taken
from all three coated pipes selected for the coating
procedure approval tests.
5.12.3.3.1 Adhesion
This test shall be carried out at 5 different
locations on 5 test sections in accordance with
5.12.3.2.3, but after 30 days keeping in the hot air
of 80°C. No change in the mean force necessary to
pull off the coating must occur.
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬1-3-3-12-5
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت روي ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬80 ‫ روز ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري در ﻫﻮاي داغ‬30 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬3-2-3-12-5 ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫در ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬
5.12.3.3.2 Cathodic disbonding
The test sections shall be tested and checked for
compliance with Table 2.
‫ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي‬2-3-3-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.12.3.3.3 Penetration resistance
The test sections shall be tested and checked for
compliance with Table 2.
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬3-3-3-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.12.3.3.4 Temperature resistance
The test sections shall be tested and checked for
compliance with Table 2.
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ دﻣﺎ‬4-3-3-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.12.3.3.5 Impact resistance
The test sections shall be tested and checked for
compliance with Table 2.
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬5-3-3-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.12.3.3.6 Elongation
The samples taken from the three pipes shall be
tested and checked for compliance with Table 2.
5.12.3.3.7 Insulation resistance
‫ ازدﻳﺎد ﻃﻮل‬6-3-3-12-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬7-3-3-12-5
The samples taken from the three pipes shall be
tested and checked for compliance with Table 2.
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
21
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
TABLE 2 - COATING REQUIREMENTS AND TEST METHODS FOR COATING PROCEDURE APPROVAL TESTS
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و روشﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Approval Tests
Cold Applied
Coal Tar Enamel
‫آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Cold-Applied
Tape
Hot-Applied
Tape
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮي ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬ ‫ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
1) Surface preparation
Hot-Applied
Bituminous
Enamel
‫ﻧﻮار ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
PE/PP
Coating
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ‬
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬/‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
1) Visual inspection
AWWA C 203
BS EN 10300
AWWA C 214
IPS M-TP-314
**
Polyurethane
Cement-Mortar
Lining
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
‫( ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬1
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬7-5 ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬:‫( ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬2 ‫( آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬12) Acceptable limit: as specified in 5.7
2) Coating thickness
FBE
DIN EN 10288
AWWA C 213
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬
BS EN 10290
ISO 10409
‫( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2Minimum requirements: as specified by the design data ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬:‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬ 3) Porosity (holiday)*
*(‫( ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ )ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي‬3
AWWA C 203
BS EN 10300
AWWA C 214
IPS M-TP-314
DIN EN 10288
NACE RP 0490
BS EN 10290
AWWA C 214
IPS M-TP-314
DIN EN 10288
AWWA C 213
BS EN 10290
Acceptable limit: as specified in 5.15.4
4) Adhesion
‫( ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬4
5) Impact resistance
‫( ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬5
6) Elongation/shear adhesion
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬/‫( ازدﻳﺎد ﻃﻮل‬6
AWWA C 203
AWWA C 203
AWWA C 203
BS EN 10300
BS EN 10300
BS EN 10300
AWWA C 214
ASTM G 14
AWWA C 214
IPS M-TP-314
DIN EN 10288
‫( ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ دﻣﺎ‬7
8) Penetration resistance
‫( ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬8
9) Insulation resistance
‫( ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬9
10) Cathodic disbonding
‫( ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي‬10
AWWA C 203
BS EN 10300
AWWA C 214
IPS M-TP-314
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬4-15-5 ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬:‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬ AWWA C 213
BS EN 10290
DIN EN 10288
AWWA C 213
BS EN 10290
DIN EN 10288
AWWA C 213
(hot water resistance)
BS EN 10290
7) Temperature resistance
(‫)ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آب داغ‬
AWWA C 203
NACE RP 0399
NACE RP 0399
BS EN 10300
BS EN 10300
BS EN 10300
AWWA C 214
AWWA C 214
ASTM G 8
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ IPS M-TP-314
IPS M-TP-314
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
AWWA C 213
DIN EN 10288
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ DIN EN 10288
Not applicable
ASTM G 95
BS EN 10290
BS EN 10290
BS EN 10290
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Not applicable
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
*
** Polyurethane and two pack epoxy coatings are usually applied on
welding joints according to the coating manufacturer’s instruction. For
polyurethane testing see IPS-E-TP-270 standard and for liquid epoxy
see NACE ITI anti-corrosion respectively. The application of the above
mentioned coatings depends on the company decision.
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬5-3-13 ‫* ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
For operating voltage see also 13.3.5.
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ دوﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ دﺳﺘﻮر ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ ﺑـﺮ روي اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬ **
‫ و ﺑـﺮاي‬IPS-E-TP-270 ‫ ﺑـﺮاي آزﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻠـﻲ اورﺗـﺎن ﺑـﻪ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي اﺷﺎره ﺷـﺪه‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬NACE ITI anti-corrosion ‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ دارد‬
22
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.13 Coating Production Requirements
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬13-5
5.13.1 Surface preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬1-13-5
The surface of the pipe to be coated shall be
prepared in accordance with Clause 5.7.
5.13.2 Coating process
7-5 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن‬2-13-5
5.13.2.1 The coating production process shall be
carried out using a procedure approved in
accordance with Clauses 5.2, 5.9 and 5.12.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روش‬1-2-13-5
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬12-5 ‫ و‬9-5 ،2-5 ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
5.13.2.2 The thickness of the coating shall comply
with the values specified by the Company when
tested in accordance with method specified in
Table 2.
5.13.2.3 Where pipe is to be concrete coated
reference shall be made to Company who will
advise the correct thickness of anti-corrosion
coating to be applied.
5.13.3 Protection of weld end preparations
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ روش‬2-2-13-5
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬2 ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﻮد‬3-2-13-5
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ را ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد ارﺟﺎع ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش‬3-13-5
Protection of weld end preparations shall be in
accordance with Clause 5.6.
5.14 Inspection and Rejection of Finished
Coating
6-5 ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬14-5
5.14.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-14-5
The inspection of finished coating shall be in
accordance with Clause 5.15. The quality and
values to be achieved shall be the same as those
identified in clauses 5.14.2 and 5.15.
5.14.2 Check on coating color and appearance
‫ و‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-5 ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬15-5 ‫ و‬2-14-5 ‫ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺎم و ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-14-5
Coating color and appearance shall be uniform
and free from runs, sags, blistering, roughness,
foaming and general film defects.
5.15 Coating Requirements and Test Methods
‫ ﺷﻜﻢ‬،‫ﻓﺎم و ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﻋﺎري از ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺮدن و ﻋﻴﻮب ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ زﺑﺮي‬،‫ ﺗﺎول زدن‬،‫دادن‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬15-5
5.15.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-15-5
5.15.1.1 After formal approval of all short term
tests and long term tests, when specified by the
Company, the contractor will be authorized to
commence the coating bulk production.
5.15.1.2 The contractor shall perform the routine
inspection and tests in accordance with clauses
5.15.2 to 5.15.5 inclusive during coating
production.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ رﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و‬1-1-15-5
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دراز ﻣﺪت‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﺷﺮوع ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي روزﻣﺮه را‬2-1-15-5
‫ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-15-5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-15-5 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
23
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
5.15.1.3 All the inspection and tests witnessed by
the inspector shall be certified.
5.15.1.4 The pipe coating shall comply with all
requirements identified in clauses 5.15.2 to 5.15.5
inclusive.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬3-1-15-5
.‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬4-1-15-5
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5-15-5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-15-5 ‫در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
5.15.2 Surface preparation
This test shall be carried out on each individual
pipe and check with Table 2. Every pipe which
does not comply with the minimum requirements
shall be rejected for repreparation.
5.15.3 Thickness
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-15-5
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﻣﺠﺰا اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﺷﻮد و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺠﺪد ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬3-15-5
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬1-2-3-12-5 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺪن و‬1-2-3-12-5) ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺮدود‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود اﻋﻼم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪن دو ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ در رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰام‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﻬﺎر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻧﺸﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد؛ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Unless otherwise specified this test shall be
carried out on each individual coated pipe in
accordance with clause 5.12.3.2.1. Every pipe
which does not comply with the minimum
requirements specified (see clause 5.12.3.2.1)
shall be rejected for subsequent stripping and
recoating. Should two consecutive pipes fail to
satisfy the requirement, the cause shall
immediately be investigated. If the cause is not
resolved after four consecutive pipes, the coating
process shall be stopped for full investigation; this
shall involve checking all pipes back to the
preceding acceptable pipe.
5.15.4 Porosity
Each individual line pipe shall be holiday detected
over 100% of its coated surface in accordance
with Table 2. Up to 2 holidays per pipe length will
be allowed on a max. of 5% of coated pipe lengths
during each 8 hours production shift.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬4-15-5
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﺳﻄﺢ‬100 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬
‫ در‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ دو ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬8 ‫ﻃﻮل ﻫﺮ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬5
Any individual pipe with more than 2 holidays shall be rejected for subsequent stripping and
recoating. If more than 2 holidays per pipe length
are detected on two consecutive pipes, the cause
of the high holiday rate shall immediately be
investigated. If the cause is not resolved after four
consecutive pipes, the coating process shall be
stopped for full investigation. All holidays
detected on non-rejected pipes shall be repaired in
accordance with Clause 5.17 and satisfactorily
retested.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود اﻋﻼم ﺷﻮد و‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺪن و ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد اﻗﺪام ﮔﺮدد‬
‫دو ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي دو ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎﻻي ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﻬﺎر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم‬.‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮدود ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
ً‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺪدا‬17-5 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.15.5 Adhesion
This test shall be carried out 3 times during each 8
hours production shift, and each time on one
individual line pipe. The test shall be carried out
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬5-15-5
،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬8 ‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫و ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ روي ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺰا اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
24
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ و در دوﺳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه و‬2 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺮوي از ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود اﻋﻼم ﺷﻮد و‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2 ‫در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ اﻟﺰام ﺟﺪول‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺪن و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺪد اﻗﺪام ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪن‬.‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮي دوم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬،‫دوﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ در رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰام‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﻬﺎر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
in accordance with Table 2 and at ends of the pipe
coating surface and checked for compliance with
Table 2. If the coating adhesion at any location is
below the requirement of Table 2 the pipe shall be
rejected for subsequent stripping and recoating; in
this case the second consecutive pipe shall be
checked. Should two consecutive pipes fail to
satisfy the requirement, the cause shall
immediately be investigated; if the cause is not
resolved after four consecutive pipes, the coating
process shall be stopped for full investigation, this
shall involve checking all pipes back to the
preceding acceptable pipe.
5.16 Defect Rate
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻋﻴﺐ‬16-5
‫ ﺗــﺎ‬2-15-5 ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪن را ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬5-15-5
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( و‬18 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬457-50 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي‬10
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬56 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1420-508 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي‬5
‫ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در آن ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ آن‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢزﻣﺎن ﻋﻠﺖ ﻋﻴﺐ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Should tests specified in clauses 5.15.2 to 5.15.5
inclusive in any production shift show a rejection
rate of more than 10% for 50-457 mm ( 2 - 18 )
and 5% for 508-1420 mm ( 20 - 56 ) of coated
pipes for any one test, then every pipe in that shift
shall be individually subjected to that test.
In such cases the contractor shall simultaneously
conduct an investigation to establish the cause of
the defect.
The cost of retrieval and/or any additional expenses incurred as a result of additional
examination shall be borne by the contractor.
5.17 Repairs
Repairs of all defective places such as holidays
and damaged areas due to destructive tests shall be
made in accordance with procedures specified in
each individual coating system.
‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬/‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزﭘﺲ ﮔﻴﺮي و‬
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬17-5
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ و ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه در اﺛﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫روشﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺰا اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
ً‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺪدا‬2 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺮار دادن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﮔﻮدال‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
All repairs shall be retested for holidays in accordance with Table 2.
After field repair of coating and before lowering the pipe into the ditch, the pipe again shall be
tested for holidays.
5.18 Stripping of Coating
Rejected coating shall be removed only by the
procedures specified by Company. The process
shall cause no mechanical damage to the pipe and
the steel temperature shall not exceed 250°C.
‫ ﻛﻨﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬18-5
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روشﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ زدوده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬250 ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ وارد ﻛﻨﺪ و دﻣﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
..‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ رود‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
25
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
6. TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬،‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬-6
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬1-6
6.1 Handling and Storage Requirements
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫــﺎي ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
6.1.1 Uncoated pipes shall be handled and stored
in accordance with IPS-C-PI-140 standard.
.‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ و اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-C-PI-140 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
6.1.2 All coated pipes shall be handled and
stored in such a manner as to prevent damage to
the pipe walls, the weld end preparations and the
coating.
6.1.3 Nylon slings or protected hooks which do
not damage pipe ends shall be used for loading,
unloading and stacking.
6.1.4 The coated pipes shall be stored at all
times free from the ground. Storage may be
effected by the use of battens suitably covered
with soft material such as rubber sheet.
6.1.5 The coated pipes may only be stacked to a
height such that no flattening of the coating
occurs.
6.1.6 The pipes shall be separated from each
other with sufficient and proper dunnage.
6.1.7 During long storage the coating shall be
protected from contact with petrol, oil or grease,
as some of these substances can cause swelling
in the coating layer, and/or damage the coating
otherwise.
6.1.8 The contractor shall clean the end cutback
of concrete coated pipes, to remove all concrete
spatter and any deleterious material, prior to
load out. The contractor shall propose a method
of cleaning for approval by the Company.
6.1.9 The contractor shall rebevel concrete
coated pipe ends only when specifically
instructed to do so by the Company.The
procedure for rebevelling shall be agreed with
the Company prior to any rebevelling being
carried out. The contractor shall not carry out
repairs to the pipe other than rebevelling, minor
filing or grinding.
6.1.10 Concrete coated pipes shall not be
stocked more than 4 m high. Pipes fitted with
anodes/arresters shall form a top tier, and shall
be laid out individually on top of the pipe stacks
1-1-6
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ و اﻧﺒﺎر‬2-1-6
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از وارد آﻣﺪن ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮارهﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﻚﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬3-1-6
‫دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت وارد ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و‬
.‫ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﺮدن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اوﻗﺎت ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي زﻣﻴﻦ‬4-1-6
‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻗﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎده‬.‫اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ورق ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‬5-1-6
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪا‬6-1-6
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎن اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‬7-1-6
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬/‫ و‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮرم ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺧﺴﺎرت وارد ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو ﺳﺮ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬8-1-6
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺘﻦ را ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎده زﻳﺎﻧﺒﺎر‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﺷﻲ را ﺑﺮاي‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ از ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺘﻨﻲ را ﻓﻘﻂ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬9-1-6
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﻳﮋه از ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺪد ًا‬
‫ روش ﭘﺦ زﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻫﺮ ﭘﺦزﻧﻲ دوﺑﺎره‬.‫ﭘﺦزﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از‬.‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﻮﻫﺎن ﻛﺎري ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ زﻧﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺦزﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬10-1-6
‫ﺑﺮﻗﮕﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ‬/‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ آﻧﺪﻫﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮد‬4
‫ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ردﻳﻒ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ داده‬
26
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻓﻌﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
at the frequency required for load out and
laying.
6.2 Transportation Loading
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬2-6
6.2.1 The loading operations shall be witnessed
and certified by the inspector.
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﻧﻈﺎرت و ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬1-2-6
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
6.2.2 The coated pipes shall be loaded on trucks
with provisions of 6.1.3.
6.2.3 The coating manufacturer shall provide all
necessary means, such as saddles, battens, etc.,
for safe transporting of the coated pipes.
7. COLD-APPLIED TAPE COATINGS (See
AWWA C 209 Standard)
‫ روي‬3-1-6 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-2-6
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺿﺮوري ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ‬3-2-6
‫ﻗﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
AWWA ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﻮاري ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬-7
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬C209
7.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.1.1 The cold-applied tape coatings application
shall be a continuous three-step operation
starting with a properly prepared pipe surface.
The three steps following immediately one after
the other shall consist of:
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﻮاري ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺳﻪ‬1-1-7
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از دﻳﮕﺮي ﺷﺮوع‬.‫ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
a) Priming (for Material Standard see IPS-MTP-321).
b) Inner-layer tape application (for Material
Standard see IPS-M-TP-310).
c) Outer-layer tape application (for Material
Standard see IPS-M-TP-311).
IPS- ‫ب ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ )ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑــﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬M-TP-310
‫ج ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳــﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣـﻮاد ﺑـــﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-311
7.1.3 The coating shall be applied by one of the
following methods:
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺒﺎر و در دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬2-1-7
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬3-1-7
- In this procedure the pipes are welded
together beside the ditch. Then the surface
preparation, priming and wrapping is
performed continuously over the ditch. The
coating is inspected simultaneously and the
approved coated pipeline will be buried.
IPS- ‫اﻟﻒ( آﺳﺘــﺮي ﻛﺮدن )ﺑــﺮاي اﺳﺘﺎﻧــﺪارد ﻣــﻮاد ﺑــﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬M-TP-321
7.1.2 The coating materials shall be stored and
applied at temperature as recommended by the
manufacturer.
a) Over the ditch application
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻋﻤﺎل روي ﮔﻮدال‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ روش ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ در ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﻮدال ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬‫ آﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎري و اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫ ﺳﭙﺲ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ روي ﮔﻮدال اﺟﺮا ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻫﻢزﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫دﻓﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
27
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
b) Field application
- In this procedure the pipes are surface
prepared and primed at yard. The primed
pipes are transported to the field, jointed,
cleaned from contamination, reprimed,
wrapped, inspected and buried.
7.2 Surface Preparation Prior to Coating
‫ در اﻳﻦ روش ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ آﻣﺎده و آﺳﺘﺮي‬‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ و از‬،‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف‬،‫ ﻣﺠﺪداً آﺳﺘﺮي‬،‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﻢزﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-7
7.2.1 Surface preparation shall be in accordance
with clause 5.7.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-2-7
7.2.2 Preheating to remove oil, grease and mill
scale may be used provided that all pipes are
preheated in a uniform manner to avoid
distortion.
7.2.3 The surface roughness profile shall have
the height of 40 to 75 µm or as specified by the
tape manufacturer of coating materials.
7.2.4 Blast cleaned pipe surface shall be
protected from conditions of high humidity, rain
fall, or surface moisture. No pipe shall be
allowed to flash-rust before coating.
7.2.5 For pipe sizes bigger than 750 mm prior to
placing the coating materials each longitudinal
weld seam shall be primed and covered with 100
mm strip of inner-layer tape.
7.3 Coating Application
‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف روﻏﻦ‬2-2-7
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬،‫ﻧﻮرد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻃﻮري ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از اﻋﻮﺟﺎج ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
75 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬40 ‫ ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ارﺗﻔﺎع‬3-2-7
.‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﻮده ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﻮار ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬4-2-7
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ‬.‫ ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ زﻧﮓ زدن ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ درز ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬5-2-7
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺮار دادن ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬750
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ روﻛﺶ ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-7
7.3.1 Primer application
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي‬1-3-7
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺎزك ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ‬IPS-M-TP-321) ‫آﺳﺘﺮي‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫از ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط و ﻫﻤﺰده ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺳﺖ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻓﺮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ روﺷﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮه‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻴﻼن‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ ﭼـﻜﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻳــﺎ ﻟﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻢ دادن‬،‫ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮﻧﻮع اﺟﺴﺎم ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ آﺷﻐﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ذرات زﻧﮓ‬،‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The primer (IPS-M-TP-321) shall be applied in
a uniform thin film at the coverage rate
recommended by the manufacturer. The primer
shall be thoroughly mixed and agitated as
needed during application to prevent settling.
The primer may be applied by spray-type or rugtype application, or other suitable means, to
cover the entire exterior surface of the pipe.
After application, the primer coat shall be
uniform and free from floods, runs, sags, drips,
or bare spots. The primed pipe surface shall be
free of any foreign substances such as sand
grease, oil, grit, rust particles, or dirt. The state
of dryness of the primer prior to application of
the inner-layer tape shall be in accordance with
the recommendation of the manufacturer.
‫ب ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
28
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
7.3.2 Application of inner-layer tape
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-3-7
The inner-layer tape (IPS-M-TP-310) shall be
applied directly onto the primed pipe surface with
mechanical coating/wrapping equipment having
suitable tape dispensing equipment. The innerlayer tape shall be spirally applied with overlap
width of 25 mm (1 inch) and application tensions
as recommended by the manufacturer. When
applied to spirally welded pipe, the direction of
the tape spiral shall essentially conform to the
weld spiral. The applied tape shall be tight,
wrinkle-free, and smooth. When a new roll of tape
is started, the end lap shall be overlapped on the
previous roll a minimum of 150 mm measured
circumferentially, and shall be smooth and placed
so as to maintain the continuity of the inner-layer
coating.
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬IPS-M-TP-310) ‫ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
/‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺎفﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ داراي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻧﻮار اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﻠﺰوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮض ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( و اﺟﺮاي ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬1) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺣﻠﺰوﻧﻲ‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻠﺰوﻧﻲ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﺰوﻧﻲ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺑﺪون ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﻮار اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬.‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روﻳﻬﻢ‬،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮار ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬.‫و ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
150 ‫اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي )اﻳﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ( ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻟﺤﺎظ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
7.3.3 Application of outer-layer tape
The outer-layer tape (IPS-M-TP-311 standard)
shall be applied over the inner-layer tape using the
same type of mechanical equipment used to apply
the inner-layer tape. The overlap of the outer-layer
tape shall not coincide with the overlap of the
inner-layer tape. The outer layer may be applied at
the same time as the inner-layer. The minimum
overlap of the applied tape and the minimum end
lap of two rolls shall be the same as clause 7.3.2.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬3-3-7
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﻮار‬IPS-M-TP-311‫ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﻤﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ‬.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﻫﻢزﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮار اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روﻳﻬﻢ اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-3-7 ‫دو ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
7.3.4 Cutbacks
Cutbacks shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.)
from the ends of the pipe or as specified by the
Company. The cutbacks may be a straight edge for
the total thickness of the coating, or they may be
tapered as specified by the Company.
7.4 Coating of Welded Field Joints
‫ ﭘﺲﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ‬4-3-7
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( از دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬6) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﺲﺑﺮشﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲﺑﺮشﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬4-7
- The joints shall be coated with cold-applied tapes (IPS-M-TP-313 and IPS-M-TP-322
standards) in accordance with 12.2.
‫ اﺗﺼــﺎﻻت ﺑــﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﺎ ﻧـﻮارﻫــﺎي ﺳﺮد اﺟــﺮا‬(IPS-M-TP- ‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-313 ‫)اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬2-12 ‫( ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬322
- Welded joints shall be cleaned free of mud, oil, grease, and other foreign contaminants;
and the exposed metal in the weld zone shall
be wire brushed by hand or power brushed
so as to remove all corrosion products. The
adjacent cold-applied tape coating shall be
cleaned of all foreign matter and shall be
dry a distance of 50 mm back from the
،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﮔِﻞ و ﻻي‬‫ و ﻓﻠﺰ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و دﻳﮕﺮ آﻻﻳﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫در ﻣﻌﺮض در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس ﺳﻴﻤﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮاي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫ﺑﺮسزﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
29
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
cutback zone. For this purpose, the weld
zone is the uncoated area that results when
two joints with coating cutback are
assembled in the field in accordance with
Paragraph 7.3.4 of this Standard.
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻋﻘﺐﺗﺮ از ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﺲﺑﺮش ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻋﺒﺎرت از ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن دو اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺲﺑﺮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4-3-7 ‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬
7.5 Mechanical Coupling and Pipe Ends
Where rubber-gasketed joints or mechanical
couplings are used, the coating may extend to the
ends of the pipe, but the coating thickness on the
pipe surfaces that receive the rubber sealing
gaskets shall not be in excess of that
recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing
device. If coating the pipe to the ends will
interfere with the proper seating of the seal, the
coating shall be removed a distance required by
the type of joint used so that the tape coating
system will not interfere with the seal.
7.6 Coating Repair
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-7
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ واﺷﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ اﻣﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﺎ دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ آب‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪار ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي از ﻃﺮف‬،‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ دوﺳﺮ آن‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﺑﺰار آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آبﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري ﺑﺎ آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-7
All holidays detected, such as damaged or flawed
areas or mislaps, shall be repaired by peeling back
and removing the outer and inner layers from the
damaged area. The holiday area shall then be
brushed with primer, and either (a) a length of
inner-layer tape shall be wrapped around the pipe
to cover the defective area, or (b) a patch of innerlayer tape shall be applied directly to the defective
area as specified by the Company. The minimum
lap at the damaged area shall be 100 mm all
around. The repaired area shall be tested with a
holiday detector after the repair is completed. If no
holidays are found, the repaired area shall then be
covered with outer-layer tape with a minimum lap
of 100 mm beyond the inner-tape patch.
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪن و ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﻳﺎ روﻳﻬﻢ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ‬.‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ و داﺧﻠﻲ از ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮس آﺳﺘﺮي زده ﺷﻮد و ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو‬
‫ﻣﻮرد )اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮﻟﻲ از ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ )ب( وﺻﻠﻪاي از ﻧﻮار‬،‫ﻟﻔﺎف ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روﻳﻬﻢ اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ در‬.‫روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮي‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﺸﺪ‬.‫رﺳﻴﺪن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ دورﺗﺮ از وﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻮار داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه‬100 ‫اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬7-7
7.7 Inspection and Rejection
For inspection and rejection see clause 5.14.
8. FUSION-BONDED EPOXY COATING
(FBE)
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14-5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
(FBE) ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬-8
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.1 General
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬1-1-8
8.1.1 Epoxy powder coating shall be applied in the
shop to pipe, whose supplier has been informed
that the pipe is to be epoxy powder coated.
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آن ﻫﻢ اﻃﻼع داده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
30
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
8.1.2 The 75 mm of pipe ends shall be masked
throughout the cleaning and coating operations
and shall be suitably protected from mechanical
damages at all times.
8.1.3 The average coating layer thickness shall be
400 microns with a minimum of 350 microns and
a maximum of 450 microns, unless otherwise
specified by the Company.
8.2 Surface Preparation
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎتﻫﺎي‬75 ‫ دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬2-1-8
‫ و در ﺗﻤﺎم اوﻗﺎت‬،‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺎري و ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎ‬400 ‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-1-8
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬450 ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬350 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-8
Surface preparation shall be in accordance with
clause 5.7.
8.3 Coating Application
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-8
8.3.1 Preheating
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬1-3-8
8.3.1.1 The pipe shall be heated to the temperature
(between 220°C and 245°C) recommended by the
epoxy powder manufacturer. The heating
equipment shall be suitably controlled to maintain
uniform temperatures and to achieve the required
uniform temperature along the entire surface of
the pipe joint. On no account shall the pipe heated
in excess of 270°C.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬245 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬220 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ )ﺑﻴﻦ‬1-1-3-8
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﮔﺮم ﻛﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﻆ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز در اﻣﺘﺪاد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬270 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻوﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
8.3.1.2 Prior to coating, the pipe temperature shall
be checked with approved and calibrated
instruments to ensure that the temperature
complies with the established coating procedure.
8.3.1.3 Oxidation of the steel prior to coating in
the form of ’blueing’ or other apparent oxide
formation is not acceptable. If such oxidation
should occur, the pipe shall be cooled to ambient
temperature and recleaned.
8.3.2 Application
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬2-1-3-8
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ از ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ روش‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺷﺪن ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ "ﻻﺟﻮردي" ﻳﺎ‬3-1-3-8
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ رؤﻳﺖ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮده و ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-3-8
8.3.2.1 The epoxy powder shall be applied by
electrostatic spray to give a coating uniform in
color, gloss and thickness and free from any runs,
sags and holidays.
8.3.2.2 The production coating process shall be
performed strictly in accordance with the qualified
coating procedure and this specification.
8.3.2.3 Failure to comply with the above
requirements shall result in the coating being
rejected and completely removed and the pipe
being recoated at no expense to the Company.
8.3.2.4 Recycling of the powder is allowed up to a
‫ ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬1-2-3-8
‫ ﺑﺮاﻗﻲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ از ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻓﺎم‬
.‫ ﺷﻜﻢ دادن و ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫و ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ روش‬2-2-3-8
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﺪم ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ در ﭘﻴﺮوي از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﻮق ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬3-2-3-8
‫ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪن و ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪون‬
.‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮب‬30 ‫ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻮدر ﺗﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬4-2-3-8
31
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮدر‬،‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮدر ﺗﺎزه ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه از ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﺮده ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و‬
‫ﻏﺒﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر از اﻟﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻧﺪازه ذرات ﭘﻮدر ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ذرات ﺗﺎزه ﭘﻮدر ﻣﺼﺮف ﻧﺸﺪهاي‬
‫ ﭘﻮدرﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛــﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧـﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪﻫﻴﭻوﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ آﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
proportion of 30%, well mixed with fresh powder,
provided that the recycled powder has passed
through a magnetic filter to remove all metallic
dust and through a sieve to remove all aggregates
in order to ensure that the particle size of the
recycled powder is within the acceptable limits of
fresh, unused powder as specified by the
manufacturer. In no case shall powders of
different batches be mixed deliberately.
8.3.2.5 Traceability of the coating material on each individual pipe should be ensured.
‫ از ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ رﻫﮕﻴﺮي )ﻣﻨﺸﺄ اوﻟﻴﻪ( ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-2-3-8
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬6-2-3-8
8.3.2.6 After application of the epoxy powder, the
coating shall be allowed to cure in accordance
with the qualified coating procedure before being
quenched in water to permit handling, inspection
(see clause 8.6) and, if required, repaired.
8.3.2.7 The pipe shall be allowed to cool to at least
60°C and the coating thickness determined with
an approved gauge (see clause 8.4.2.2).
8.4 Field Coating of Welded Joints
.‫روي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ‬
‫روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن در آب ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( و اﻧﺠﺎم‬6-8 ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬60 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه داد ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-2-4-8 ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬4-8
8.4.1 Preparation - Surface preparation of welded
shall be in accordance with clause 5.7.
8.4.2 Epoxy application
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي – آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬1-4-8
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬2-4-8
8.4.2.1 The weld area shall be heated to a
temperature of (260°C) using a circumferential
induction heating coil of sufficient size, width, and
power to provide the required heat in the weld
zone and 50 mm back under the fusion-bonded
pipe coating.
8.4.2.2 Immediately after heating, the weld shall be
coated with a powder coating meeting this Standard to
minimum thickness of 380 µm using air or
electrostatic spray. The powder coating shall attain
full performance properties in accordance with this
Standard when cured according to Clause 8.4.2.3.
Application shall be done as rapidly as possible to
prevent premature cool down of the heated zone. The
welded-joint coating shall overlap the original pipe
coating by no less than 25 mm.
8.4.2.3 The joint coating shall cure from the
residual heat remaining in the heated zone. No
7-2-3-8
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﻮش ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از ﻧﻮع‬1-2-4-8
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ﺑﺎ‬260) ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬
‫ ﻋﺮض و‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه‬
50 ‫ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻻزم در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﻮش و‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور آن ﺣﺮارت داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-4-8
‫ﭘﻮدري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ دارد ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬380
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬3-2-4-8 ‫ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل )ﭘﻮﺷﺶ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﭘﻴﺶ از ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﺮارت‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬.‫دﻳﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه‬3-2-4-8
32
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺮد‬.‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﺮارت دﻳﺪه ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻨﻚﻛﺎري اﺟﺒﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮي زﻳﺎن آور ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎران ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎدﻫﺎي‬
،‫ﺗﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي زﻳﺎد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
quenching or forced cooling shall be allowed, and
the heated zone shall be protected from adverse
weather conditions such as rain or high winds that
would cause cooling at high rates.
8.4.2.4 On completion of the coating operation,
the joint coating shall be inspected for continuity
as provided in clause 8.6. Holidays shall be
repaired according to clause 8.7. Inspection and
repair may begin after the heated zone has cooled
sufficiently.
8.4.3 Alternative joint coatings - The exterior of
field-welded joints may be coated with hot applied
tape (see clause 9), cold applied tape (see clause
7.4) or liquid epoxy (AWWA C 210 standard) or
polyethylene shrink sleeve (clause 12.3) or as
otherwise specified or approved by the Company.
8.5 Coating of Connections and Appurtenances
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬4-2-4-8
‫ آﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬6-8 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺎنﻃﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و‬.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬7-8 ‫ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﺮارت دﻳﺪه‬
.‫ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬- ‫ دﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬3-4-8
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا )ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫( ﻳﺎ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬4-7 ‫ ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا )ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،(9 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ‬AWWA C210 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫( ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬3-12 ‫ﭘﻠﻲاﺗﻴﻠﻨﻲ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت‬5-8
8.5.1 Preparation - Surface preparation of
connections and appurtenances shall be in
accordance with clause 5.7.
8.5.2 Preheating - Fusion-bonded coatings can be
applied to articles preheated to between 150°C
and 245°C. Preheat temperatures should be in
accordance
with
the
manufacturer’s
recommendations. The articles may be heated by
any controllable means that does not leave a
residue or contaminant on the surface to be coated.
Care should be exercised to ensure that the articles
or parts thereof can sustain the preheat without
damage.
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي – آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت‬1-5-8
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن – ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ را‬2-5-8
‫ و‬150 ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮد‬245
‫ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﮔﺮم ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﻮد ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺼﻮل‬.‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﮕﺬارد‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم‬
.‫ﺷﺪن را ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
8.5.3 Coating application - The fusion-bonded epoxy coating shall be uniformly applied on the
specified surfaces at the specified thickness
(clause 8.1.3) by fluidized bed, electrostatic spray,
or air spray according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Selection of the method of
application depends on the size, shape, and
configuration of the article to be coated.
Mechanical thread system parts, such as nuts and
bolts, can be coated with this coating provided the
thickness of the coating will not gall or impede the
normal operation of the thread system. At the
option of the Company, thread systems may be
left bare of all coating and protected with rustpreventing oil. In this case, the oil shall be
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ – ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬3-5-8
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
،‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬،‫( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ روان‬3-1-8 ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ و ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ اﺟﺰاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ رزوهدار‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
‫ را ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮد ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ورم ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬،‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي رزوهدار ﺑﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻋﺎدي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رزوهدار ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ روﻏﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ‬،‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
33
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻼل ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮد‬
3-1-7-8 ‫رزوهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
removed after final field assembly by means of
solvent cleaning, and the threads shall be coated
using liquid epoxy as provided in clause 8.7.1.3.
The Company should also specify the coating
requirements for flange faces or other
appurtenances.
8.5.4 Curing - If it is necessary to post cure the
fusion-bonded coating, the coated article should
be heated immediately after application of the
coating according to the coating manufacturer’s
recommendations until total cure is achieved.
8.5.5 Imperfections - On completion of the coating
operation, the coating shall be visually inspected
for blisters, bubbles, voids, or other
discontinuities. The coatings shall also be
electrically inspected for holidays in accordance
with clause 8.6.1. Inspection and repair may begin
after the article has cooled sufficiently.
8.5.6 Coating repair - Holidays and imperfections
detected by electrical inspection or visual means
shall be repaired in accordance with Sec. 8.7.
‫ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن – اﮔﺮ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬4-5-8
‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻌﺪاً ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎﻻي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ – در ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-5-8
‫ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫــﺎ‬.‫ﺑــﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1-6-8 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ – ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ و ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬6-5-8
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬7-8 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
8.6 Inspection and Rejection
For inspection and rejection see clause 5.14.
8.7 Coating Repair
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-8
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14-5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬7-8
8.7.1 Minor defects
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬1-7-8
،‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ در اﺛﺮ زﺧﻤﻲ ﺷﺪن‬1-1-7-8
‫ ﻧﻘﺺ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ‬،‫ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬25
:‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
8.7.1.1 Pipe requiring repair due to scars, sliver,
coating imperfection, and other small defect (less
than 25 mm diameter) shall be repaired using
repair material from the same manufacturer as the
fusion-bonded epoxy as follows:
8.7.1.2 Areas of pipe requiring spot repairs shall
be cleaned to remove dirt, scale, and damaged
coating using surface grinders, files, or sanders.
The adjacent coating shall be roughened. All dust
shall be wiped off.
8.7.1.3 A two-part, 100-percent solids, liquid
epoxy patching compound or a hot-melt adhesive
patching compound shall be applied on the
prepared areas to a minimum thickness of 305 µm.
The freshly coated area shall be allowed to cure in
accordance
with
the
manufacturer’s
recommendations prior to handling and storage.
Liquid epoxy shall not be applied if the pipe
temperature is 13°C or less, except when
manufacturer’s recommended heat curing
procedures are followed.
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻟﻜﻪﮔﻴﺮي‬2-1-7-8
‫ ﺟﺮم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف ﺧﺎك‬،‫دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻮﻫﺎنﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده‬،‫دﻳﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و‬.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﺑﺮ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﭘﺎشﻫﺎ ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻏﺒﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ وﺻﻠﻪﻛﺎري دوﺟﺰﺋﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-1-7-8
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ وﺻﻠﻪﻛﺎري ﭼﺴﺐ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ذوب‬،‫ﺻﺪدرﺻﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬305 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻄﻮح آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺎزه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن را داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬13 ‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ روشﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه از‬
.‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﻧﺒﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
34
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
8.7.2 Major defects
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب اﺻﻠﻲ‬2-7-8
Pipe sections with coating defects, such as
partial coating, unbonded coating, inadequate
film thickness, or holidays in excess than 1 per
0.9 m² pipe shall be reprocessed.
،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ داراي ﻋﻴﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
1 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﻴﺪه‬
ً‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ )از ﺳﻄﺢ( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪدا‬0/9 ‫ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي در ﻫﺮ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
8.7.3 The applicator shall demonstrate the
integrity of the techniques used to repair
defects by carrying out adhesion, hot water
resistance and holiday detection tests in
accordance with Table 2.
9. HOT APPLIED ENAMEL COATING
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﻨﻮن ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬3-7-8
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻋﻴﻮب را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ اﺛﺒﺎت ﻛﻨﺪ‬2 ‫آب داغ و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-9
9.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.1.1 Two types of coating system are
generally specified for hot-applied coating as
follow:
:‫اﺟﺮا ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
- One coat of primer.
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از آﺳﺘﺮي‬-
- One coat of hot-applied enamel.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف داﺧﻠﻲ از اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬-
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ از اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬-
a) Single coat system consists of:
- One wrap of glass fiber inner
wrap.
- One wrap of glass fiber outer
wrap.
b) Double coat system consists of:
:‫ب ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دوﻻﻳﻪاي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
- One coat of primer.
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از آﺳﺘﺮي‬-
- One coat of hot-applied enamel.
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف داﺧﻠﻲ از اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬-
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬-
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ از اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬-
9.1.2 The coating may be applied in a coating
yard, field or over-the-ditch. (See clause 9.3.1)
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-1-9
9.1.3 To reduce surface oxidation in sunlight
and sagging due to excessive heat of yardapplied coatings during storage, the
application of a coat of whitewash can be
specified (see AWWA C203 standard). When
- One wrap of glass fiber inner
wrap.
- One coat of hot-applied enamel.
- One wrap of glass fiber outer
wrap.
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً دوﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮم‬1-1-9
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-3-9 ‫ﻳﺎ روي ﮔﻮدال اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺷﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺷﻌﻪ‬3-1-9
‫ﻓﺮاﺑﻨﻔﺶ و ﺷﻜﻢ دادن در اﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي زﻳﺎد اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ از دوﻏﺎب آﻫﻚ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ در زﻣﺎن اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬
AWWA C203 ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
35
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
concrete application is to follow enamel
coating, this step is normally omitted.
9.1.4 For coating materials see
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب اﻋﻤﺎل‬.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬4-1-9
IPS-M-TP-275,IPS-M-TP-280,IPS-M-TP-285,
IPS-M-TP-290,IPS-M-TP-295,IPS-M-TP-300,
IPS-M-TP-305 and IPS-M-TP-306 standards.
, IPS-M-TP-285,IPS-M-TP-280,IPS-M-TP-275
, IPS-M-TP-300,IPS-M-TP-295,IPS-M-TP-290
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-306 ‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-305
9.1.5 For modified bitumen enamel see IPS-ETP-270 APP.A
9.2 Surface Preparation
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮ اﺻﻼح ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-270 APP.A
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-9
Surface preparation shall be in accordance
with clause 5.7.
9.3 Coating Application
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-9
9.3.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-9
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ از روشﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
The hot-applied coating may be applied by one
of the following procedures:
a) Yard application
In yard procedure the pipes are surface
prepared and primed, then enameled and
wrapped at yard or factory. The coated
pipes are transported to the field and
jointed. The welded joints, connections,
fittings and special sections shall be coated
according to clause 9.4.
b) Field application
‫ب ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫در اﻳﻦ روش ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
،‫ از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ؛ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه و دﻓﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﺠﺪد‬
In this procedure the uncoated pipe line
shall be surface prepared, primed and also
joined together and the coated over-theditch.
During over-the-ditch coating work care
must be taken to handle them so that they
will remain clean and dry. Foreign matter
and dirt, as well as moisture, will reduce
their effectiveness.
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻋﻤﺎل در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و آﺳﺘﺮي‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ در روش ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﺎب و ﻟﻔﺎف‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ و ﺑﻬﻢ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه و ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4-9
In this procedure the pipes are surface
prepared and primed at yard.Then the
primed pipes are transported to the field,
jointed, cleaned from contamination,
reprimed, coated, inspected and buried.
c) Over-the-ditch
5-1-9
‫ج ( روي ﮔﻮدال‬
‫در اﻳﻦ روش ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻣﺎده‬
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ و روي‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
.‫ﮔﻮدال ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
36
‫در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ روي ﮔﻮدال ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ذرات ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و‬.‫دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎراﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎك و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
.‫داد‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
9.3.2 Primer application
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي‬2-3-9
a) The prepared surfaces shall be dry at the
time the primer is applied, and no primer
shall be applied during rain or fog unless
the pipe to be primed is protected from the
weather by suitable housing.
b) At the option of the contractor, the
application of the primer shall be by hand
brushing, spraying or other suitable means
and shall be in accordance with instructions
for application, as supplied by the
manufacturer of the primer. The apparatus
to be used for application of the primer
shall be acceptable to the inspector. Spraygun apparatus to be used shall include a
mechanically agitated pressure pot and an
air separator that will remove all oil and
free moisture from the air supply.
c) After application, the priming coat shall
be uniform and free from floods, runs, sags,
drips, holidays, or bare spots. Any bare
spots or holidays shall be recoated with an
additional application of primer. All runs,
sags, floods, or drips shall be removed by
scraping and cleaning, and the cleaned area
shall be retouched or remedied by
reblasting and repriming. Suitable measures
shall be taken to protect wet primer from
contact with rain, fog, mist, spray, dust or
other foreign matter until completely
hardened and enamel applied.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﻮح آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ و در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻪ آﻟﻮد‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮدن از زدن آﺳﺘﺮي ﺧﻮدداري ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از‬
.‫ﻫﻮا ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس‬،‫ب ( ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫زﻧﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داراي ﻫﻤﺰن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮا ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم روﻏﻦ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ آزاد را از‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻮاي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و‬،‫ج ( ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﭼﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻢ دادنﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدنﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻴﻼنﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻛﺮدنﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻢ دادنﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدنﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻛﺮدنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻼﺳﺖ و آﺳﺘﺮي اﺻﻼح ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ ذرات ﻛﻮﭼﻚ آب‬،‫ ﻣﻪ‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗَﺮ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎران‬
‫ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ذرات ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ‬،‫ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر‬،‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
d) In cold weather, when the temperature of
the steel is below 7°C, or at any time when
moisture collects on the steel, the steel shall
be warmed to a temperature of
approximately 30-38°C which shall be
maintained long enough to dry the pipe
surface prior to priming. To facilitate
spraying and spreading, the primer may be
heated and maintained during the
application at a temperature of not more
than 49°C.
e) The minimum and maximum drying
times of the primer, or the period between
application of primer and application of
‫ درﺟﻪ‬7 ‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻳﺮ‬،‫د ( در ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ روي ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
38 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30 ‫ ﻓﻮﻻد را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮده و ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎن ﻛﺮدن ﭘﺎﺷﺶ و ﮔﺴﺘﺮاﻧﻴﺪن‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬49 ‫آﺳﺘﺮي را ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮده و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻫ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫دوره زﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب‬
37
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
enamel, shall be in accordance with
instructions issued by the manufacturer of
the primer.
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﺎدره از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آﺳﺘﺮي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
If the enamel is not applied within the
allowed maximum time after priming, the
pipe shall be reprimed with an additional
light coat of primer or the entire prime coat
shall be removed by reblasting and the pipe
reprimed as determined by Company.
9.3.3 Preheating of primed pipe
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه‬3-3-9
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﺎري ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد‬.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬7 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ دارد روي‬،‫ﻣﻪ آﻟﻮد ﺑﻮدن ﻫﻮا‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺮد ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﺑﺪون ﺻﺪﻣﻪ زدن ﺑﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗﺎ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﮔﺮم ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺷﻮد‬70 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
Enameling of primed pipe during cold weather
or high humidity. During cold weather, when
pipe surface temperature is below 7°C, or
during rainy or foggy weather, when moisture
tends to collect on cold pipe, enameling shall
be preceded by warming of the primed pipe.
Warming shall be done by any method that
will heat pipe uniform to recommended
temperature without injury to primer. Steel
temperature of pipe shall not exceed 70°C.
9.3.4 Preparation of enamel for use
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬4-3-9
9.3.4.1 Preparation of bitumen enamel
‫اﮔﺮ ﻟﻌﺎب در ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻌﺪ از آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻚ از‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫آﺳﺘﺮي دوﺑﺎره ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ دوﺑﺎره آﺳﺘﺮي ﮔﺮدد‬،‫آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬1-4-3-9
a) The enamel shall be heated in kettles
approved by the Engineer and equipped
with accurate and easily read thermometers.
b) The enamel shall not be overheated nor
shall it be held in the kettle for an excessive
period of time. Operating kettles shall be
completely emptied at least once each day
and cleaned, when necessary, before
another charge of unmelted enamel is
added; except, in the practice of field
patching, the Engineer may permit
continuous use of a heating kettle not
exceeding 200 litre capacity.
c) The enamel shall be maintained moisture
and dirt free at all times before and during
the time of heating and application.
d) In loading the kettles the enamel shall be
broken into pieces not exceeding 10 kg
each.
e) In heating the enamel the charge shall be
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس و ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ آﺳﺎن‬
.‫ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب ( ﻟﻌﺎب را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي دوره زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ در دﻳﮕﭽﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻟﺰوم ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎر‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻟﻌﺎب ذوب ﻧﺸﺪه دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ روزي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در روش‬،‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮده و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ‬،‫وﺻﻠﻪﻛﺎري ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬200 ‫از ﻳﻚ دﻳﮕﭽﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ج ( ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم اوﻗﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫و اﻋﻤﺎل از رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﺎ‬،‫د ( در ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺧﺮد ﺷﻮد‬10‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
38
‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ روش ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﻫ ( در ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻌﺎب‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
melted and brought up to application
temperature without injury to the enamel
and in a manner approved by the Engineer.
The hot enamel shall be thoroughly and
continuously stirred. A patching kettle, 200
litre or smaller, shall be thoroughly stirred
with an iron paddle at intervals not
exceeding 15 minutes.
9.3.4.2 Preparation of coal tar enamel
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ذوب ﺷﻮد ﺑﺪون‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب داغ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺎب وارد ﮔﺮدد‬
200 ‫ دﻳﮕﭽﻪ وﺻﻠﻪﻛﺎري‬.‫ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻣﺪاوم ﺑﻬﻢ زد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻠﭽﻪ آﻫﻨﻲ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬،‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮي ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬
.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻬﻢ زده ﺷﻮد‬15 ‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ‬2-4-3-9
a) The enamel shall be heated in suitable
agitated heating kettles equipped with
accurate and easily read recording
thermometers. The thermometers will be
checked and adjusted by the inspector
whenever necessary. The charts therefore
shall constitute a basis for acceptance or
rejection of any enamel due to improper
heating or handling,or both.
b) The maximum temperature of the supply
or operating kettles to which the enamel
may be heated and the maximum time that
the enamel may be held in the kettles at
application temperature shall be in
accordance with the instructions supplied
by the manufacturer.
c) Enamel that has been heated in excess of
the maximum allowable temperature or that
has been held at application temperature for
a period in excess of that specified shall be
rejected. Fluxing the enamel will not be
permitted.
d) Excess enamel remaining in a kettle at
the end of any heating shall not be included
in a fresh batch in an amount greater than
10 percent of the batch. Kettles shall be
emptied and cleaned frequently, as
required. The residual material removed in
cleaning the kettles shall not be blended
with any enamel.
e) A minimum of 50 percent of the original
enamel penetration at 25°C shall be
retained in the applied enamel. This
minimum penetration shall be evidence of
satisfactory melting and handling practice.
The inspector may periodically take
samples of the enamel as it is being applied
to the pipe. If the penetration is less than 50
percent of the original enamel penetration
at 25°C in any kettle, the inspector may
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻫﻤﺰندار‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻗﻴﻖ و‬
‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫آﺳﺎن ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺒﻮل ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪم ﭘﺬﻳﺮش‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ﻫﺮدو ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ب ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در آن ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان در دﻳﮕﭽﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪداﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺠﺎز ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ‬
‫اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از آﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه در‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﮔﺪاﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫د ( ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﻟﻌﺎب اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در دﻳﮕﭽﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻫﺮ‬
10 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن از ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫درﺻــﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﺎزه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻗﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎً ﺧﺎﻟﻲ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬25 ‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻟﻌﺎب اوﻟﻴﻪ در‬50 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
(‫ﻫ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻟﻌﺎب اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻴﻮه ذوب و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر دورهاي ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬.‫اﻋﻤـﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب روي ﻟـﻮﻟـﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮداري ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬25 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻟﻌﺎب اوﻟﻴﻪ در‬50 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻟﻌﺎب آن‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﻫﺮ دﻳﮕﭽﻪ ﺑﻮد‬
39
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
reject the enamel in that kettle. The cost of
such tests shall be borne by the Company,
if the penetration exceeds 50 percent of the
original value, or by the contractor, if it is
less.
‫ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫دﻳﮕﭽﻪ را ﻣﺮدود اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬50 ‫اﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫و اﮔﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
f) When applying the enamel, all kettles
shall be equipped with suitable screens to
exclude particles of foreign matter or other
deleterious materials that could cause flaws
in the finished coating.
9.3.5 Application of enamel
( ‫و‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ذرات ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺎن آوري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮوز ﻋﻴﻮب در‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ را ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب‬5-3-9
The enamel shall be applied by pouring on the
revolving pipe and spreading to the specified
thickness. Enamel shall be applied so that each
spiral resulting from the spreading operations
shall overlap the preceding spiral, producing a
continuous coat that is free from defects, skips,
or holidays. The thickness of coating shall be
2.4 mm and the allowable variation in
thickness shall not exceed ±0.8 mm. Where the
protrusion of the weld seam interferes with this
thickness, the thickness of the enamel above
the weld seam shall meet the minimum
thickness specified (see clause 5.12.3.2.1).
9.3.6 Application of inner and outer wrap
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم دﻳﮕﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ رﻳﺨﺘﻦ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﭼﺮﺧﺶ و‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮاﻧﻴﺪن آن ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮاﻧﻴﺪن روي ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ‬،‫ از ﻗﻠﻢ اﻧﺪازيﻫﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﻋﺎري از ﻋﻴﻮب‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬2/4 ‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬±0/8 ‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ درز ﺟﻮش ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻻي درز ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-2-3-12-5 ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻔﺎف داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬6-3-9
a) Inner wrap and outer wrap shall be
mechanically applied in a continuous endfeed machine or in a lathe-type machine or
by other suitable wrap application
equipment. In single wrap system, only one
wrap of glass fiber outer wrap shall be
applied. In double wrap system, one wrap
of glass fibre inner wrap shall be applied
and then followed by one coat of hotapplied enamel (clause 9.3.5) and finally
one wrap of glass fiber outer wrap shall be
applied.
b) If low-porosity outerwrap, which has
been stored, is applied under ambient highhumidity conditions, "gassing", that is, the
formation of craters or voids in the enamel
beneath the outerwrap, may occur. To
prevent gassing, apply a film of outerwrap
saturant or hot enamel to the underside of
the outerwrap before it is drawn into the
enamel on the pipe.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻟﻔﺎف داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫از ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮاش ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻔﺎف اﺟﺮا‬
‫ در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪاي ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻟﻔﺎف‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺳـﺎﻣـﺎﻧـﻪ‬.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻟﻔﺎف داﺧﻠﻲ اﻟﻴﺎف‬،‫ﻟﻔﺎف دوﻻﻳﻪاي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي و ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل آن ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ از ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫( و در آﺧﺮ ﻻﻳﻪاي از ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﻴﺎف‬5-3-9
.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ب ( اﮔﺮ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ زﻳﺎد ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫"ﮔﺎززدﮔﻲ" ﻛﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ در‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻟﻌﺎب زﻳﺮ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﺷﺒﺎع‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺎززدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب داغ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻌﺎب روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
40
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
Note:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻟﻔﺎفﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺷﺎن ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺴﻘﻒ ﺧﺸﻚ و در ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺼﺮف اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﺒﺎرداري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
Some outerwraps, because of composition, are
required to be stored in a dry, covered area and
in the original packaging until immediately
prior to use. Check with the manufacturer for
proper storage and stacking requirements.
c) Conditioning of outerwrap surface after
application- The outside surfaces are to be
given a whitewash, water emulsion latex
paint, or kraft-paper finish coat following
final inspection. The spirally wrapped kraft
paper shall be tack-bonded with enamel at
frequent intervals.
d) Handling pipe immediately after
application. The coated pipe shall not be
rolled or supported on its enameled and
wrapped surface until sufficiently cooled
and hardened to avoid deformation of the
coating system.
9.4 Coating of Joint, Fittings, Connections
‫ ﺑﻪ‬-‫ج ( آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻳﻚ دوﻏﺎب‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن در آب ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫آﻫﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬.‫د ( ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻮري ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺲ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮد و ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن‬،‫از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه را روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻌﺎب داده‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺷﺪه ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ داد‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
،‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
4-9
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬1-4-9
9.4.1 Pipe sections to be field welded
9.4.1.1 When pipe sections are to be joined
together by field welding, a band that is free of
protective materials shall be left at the ends of
the sections. This band shall be of sufficient
width of 250 mm from each end of each of
length to permit the making of field joints
without injury to the coating.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬1-1-4-9
9.4.1.2 The welded joints shall be cleaned (see clause 5.7) and dried, primed and then coated
in accordance with clause 13.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-1-4-9
9.4.1.3 For special sections, connections and fittings to be used with buried or submerged
steel
pipelines,
petrolatum
tape
(IPS-M-TP-317 standard) shall be used. For
application of this coating the special primer
shall be applied by brush and then petrolatum
tape shall be wrapped over the parts.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎص‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪاي ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو‬،‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
250 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺮض ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬.‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻃﻮل را داﺷﺘﻪ و اﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﺠﺎد اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ را ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺳﺎزد‬
13 ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( و ﺧﺸﻚ و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬7-5
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﻮار ﭘﺘﺮوﻻﺗﻢ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪور در آب‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل اﻳﻦ‬.‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬IPS-M-TP-317
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد و ﺳﭙﺲ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮار ﭘﺘﺮوﻻﺗﻢ روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
9.4.1.4 The below ground unburied valves shall be coated with asphalt mastic. The cold
applied asphalt mastic shall be applied by
brush over the valves in accordance with
3-1-4-9
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﻜﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬4-1-4-9
‫ ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-13 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
41
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
clause 13.4.
standard).
(See
also
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس روي ﺷﻴﺮﻓﻠﻜﻪﻫﺎ‬IPS-M-TP-105
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
IPS-M-TP-105
9.4.2 Pipe sections to be joined with
mechanical coupling and bell-and spigot
ends
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬2-4-9
‫و ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺮ و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
9.4.2.1 In sections to be joined by mechanical
coupling a band free of protective materials
shall be left on the ends of sections. This band
shall be of sufficient width to permit joint
make up.
‫ در ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬1-2-4-9
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪاي ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ در دو ﺳﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻬﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
9.4.2.2 For bell & spigot ends with rubber
gasket, the coating shall extend from the lip of
the bell to the hold-back on the spigot end. The
exposed steel surfaces on the inside of the bell
and the outside of the spigot end shall be given
a coating of fast-drying-synthetic primer
(IPS-M-TP-275) to a dry-film thickness of
0.06 mm ±0.01 mm, or bitumen primer or coal
tar primer as appropriate.
9.5 Inspection and Rejection
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺮ و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ واﺷﺮ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺮ ﻧﺮ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ و‬،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻮﻻدي در ﻣﻌﺮض‬.‫اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
،‫ﺧﺎرج از ﺳﺮ ﻧﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪاي از آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫( ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‬IPS-M-TP-275) ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ‬0/06±0/01 ‫ﺧﺸﻚ‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﻄﺮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي‬5-9
For inspection and rejection see clause 5.14.
9.6 Coating Repair
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14-5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-9
9.6.1 All damages, flawed areas, and
holidays
‫ و ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗـﺮكدار‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم آﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎ‬1-6-9
These areas shall be repaired using repair
materials made by the manufacturer of the
material originally used to coat the pipe. In no
case is damaged enamel to be repaired by
applying enamel over loose or damaged
enamel where the damage goes down to the
metal or where the bond of the enamel has
been destroyed. Damaged areas are generally
categorized into three types: pinpoint or
bubble, exposed metal, or extensive damage.
Repair of these types is discussed in the
following clauses. Repairs are to be made
using materials meeting the original
specification.
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻮاد اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ وﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب روي ﻟﻌﺎب‬
‫ﺷﻞ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻛﺮده ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻟﻌﺎب از ﺑﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ ﮔﺴﺘﺮده‬،‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺴﺎرت در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺮح ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اوﻟﻴﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
Repaired area shall be inspected in accordance
with AWWA C 203 standard.
9.6.2 Repair of pinpoint or bubble-type
damage
AWWA ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬C203
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرت از ﻧﻮع ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ‬2-6-9
‫ و ﻧﻮار ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ‬،‫ ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﺠﺎور آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮي ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ‬
Remove dirt, foreign matter, kraft paper, and
outerwrap with a sharp knife, taking care not
2-2-4-9
42
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
to damage surrounding enamel. Pour correctly
heated enamel over prepared area to specified
thickness and cover with a patch of outerwrap.
9.6.3 Repair of exposed-metal type damage
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ و ﺑﺎ وﺻﻠﻪاي از ﻟﻔﺎف‬
.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرت از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-6-9
100 ‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬100 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در‬
‫ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻌﺎب ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺳﭙﺲ‬،‫ ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ را ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻴﺒﺪار ﻛﺮدن ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮسﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮﻳﺪ و ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻟﺨﺖ را دوﺑﺎره آﺳﺘﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺣﺮارت دﻳﺪه را ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻟﻔﺎف ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
These damaged areas are those up to
approximately 100 mm by 100 mm in size.
Repair them by removing the dirt, foreign
matter, and all disbonded enamel, and then
bevel the surrounding edges. Clean metal
surface properly, using wire brushes if
required, and reprime bare area. After primer
has dried, apply correctly heated enamel over
prepared area to specified thickness and cover
with a layer of outerwrap.
9.6.4 Extensive-damage type repair
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرت از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺴﺘﺮده‬4-6-9
This type of damage relates to defects such as
partially uncoated, unbonded enamel; severe
cracking; excessive holidays; or inadequate
film thickness. Enameled pipe having these
conditions shall be reprocessed.
9.6.5 Electrical inspection
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﺟﺪي‬،‫ﻧﭽﺴﺒﻴﺪه‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬5-6-9
Repaired areas shall be electrically inspected
in accordance with Table 2.
‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬2
9.7 Rejection
The requirements of rejection shall be
specified in scope of work.
10. CONCRETE COATING OF LINE
PIPE
‫ ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي‬7-9
.‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬-10
10.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.1.1 The Clause 10 of this standard covers
minimum requirements for the application of
reinforced concrete coating to the exterior
surface of steel line pipe (which has been
coated previously with anti-corrosion coating)
for use in marine environments, estuaries,
rivers, wadis, swamps, etc.
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎوي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي‬10 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-10
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي )ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
،‫ ﻣﺼﺐ رودﻫﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺖ( ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺗﻼقﻫﺎ‬،‫ رودﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻲ‬،‫رودﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
10.1.2 Concrete coating thicknesses less than
25 mm is not included. In such case the
coating shall be applied in accordance with
AWWA C 205 standard.
10.1.3 The materials used for concrete coating
include cement, aggregates, water and
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬2-1-10
‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬.‫را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C205 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬3-1-10
43
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
additives (if required) shall be specified as
IPS-M-CE-165.
‫ آب و‬،‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ و ﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ از آﻧﻬﺎ‬
IPS-M- ‫اﺿﺎﻓﺎت )اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬CE-165
10.1.4 Concrete coating shall not be carried
out when the pipe, coating or air temperature
exceeds 35°C or falls below 4°C.
10.1.5 Pipes shall be handled at all times in a
suitable manner to avoid damage to pipe
attachments, coating or concrete.
10.2 Reinforcement Steel
،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬4-1-10
‫ درﺟﻪ‬4 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ زﻳﺮ‬35 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از آﺳﻴﺐ وارده ﺑﻪ اﺟﺰاي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬5-1-10
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم اوﻗﺎت ﺑﻪ روﺷﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻓﻮﻻدي‬2-10
10.2.1 Steel reinforcement shall be provided to
limit spalling and control cracking of the
concrete. The minimum circumferential
reinforcement shall be 0.5 percent of the
longitudinal cross sectional area of the
concrete coating. The minimum longitudinal
reinforcement shall be 0.05 percent of the
transverse cross-sectional area of the concrete
coating. (see Fig. 1).
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺧﺮد‬1-2-10
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺷﺪن و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ‬0/5 ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎدل‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬0/05 ‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
10.2.2 The reinforcement provided shall be
either the steel welded wire fabric type or cage
type. The selection of the type of
reinforcement shall be made by the Company
as stated in the scope of work.
Note:
‫ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬2-2-10
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬.‫ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻗﻔﺴﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺎنﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
The use of galvanized steel poultry netting, or
chicken wire (e.g. to ASTM A-390 standard) is
generally not recommended. However, it may
be used in certain applications, such as small
river crossings on lend lines, where external
forces on the concrete would be minimal.
‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻮر ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺮﻏﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮر ﻣﺮﻏﻲ‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ASTM-A-390 ‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬.‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ رودﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ روي‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ وارده ﺑﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.2.3 The minimum distance between the
reinforcement and the anti-corrosion coating
shall be 10 mm. When more than one layer of
reinforcing is used there shall be a minimum
spacing of 10 mm between layers. Contacts
shall not be made with anodes and/or
buckle/crack arresters, and if the reinforcing
passes over arresters the minimum gap shall be
10 mm.
10.2.4 Reinforcing shall terminate 20 mm (±5
mm) from the end of the concrete coating and
adjacent to anodes. There shall be no electrical
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬3-2-10
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬10
‫ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬10 ‫از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ﺗﺮك ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺻﻮرت‬/‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬/‫آﻧﺪﻫﺎ و‬
،‫ و ﻫﺮﮔﺎه آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر از روي ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﻓﻮق ﻋﺒﻮر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬±5) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬20 ‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬4-2-10
‫ در آﻧﺠﺎ‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ و ﻣﺠﺎورت آﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
44
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
contact between reinforcing and pipe or
between reinforcing and anodes.
‫ﺑﻴﻦ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر و آﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎس‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.2.5 The reinforcement shall be free of oil,
grease and dirt.
10.2.6 The steel welded wire fabric shall be
galvanized. The chemical and physical
properties shall be in accordance with
IPS-M-CE-105 standard. The minimum
diameter of reinforcing wire shall be 1.6 mm.
The longitudinal overlap shall be at least 30
mm. For concrete thickness up to 50 mm, one
wrap of reinforcing shall be used. For
thicknesses of more than 50 mm up to 120
mm, two layers shall be considered. The
reinforcement shall be positioned at least 10
mm below the outer concrete surface.
10.2.7 The cage type (Fig. 2) reinforcement
shall be positioned within the middle third of
the concrete coating with a concrete cover of
at least 9 mm.
10.2.8 The material used shall be hard drawn
wire according to BS 4483, or ASTM A 615
M standards.
10.2.9 The reinforcement shall be positioned
within the middle third of the concrete coating
with a concrete cover of at least 9 mm.
10.2.10 The diameter of the circumferential
and longitudinal bars shall be calculated from
the required percentage of reinforcing, with a
minimum diameter of 3 mm.
10.2.11 The Contractor shall propose the
welding procedure in accordance with a
National/International code or standard to be
approved by the Company. The procedure
shall be qualified prior to use.
10.2.12 The Contractor shall carry out shear
testing of four welds each month in accordance
with BS 4483 or ASTM A 185 standards. The
welding at intersections of the cage shall result
in a minimum shear strength as specified in BS
4483 or ASTM A 185 standards.
10.2.13 The spacing of the longitudinal bars
shall be between 50 and 250 mm but not less
‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ‬،‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ‬5-2-10
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
6-2-10
‫ ﺧﻮاص ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳــﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-M-CE-105 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1/6 ‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
50 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬30 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ دوﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬120 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬50 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ‬10 ‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم‬2 ‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻧﻮع ﻗﻔﺴﻪاي )ﺷﻜﻞ‬7-2-10
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ‬9 ‫وﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﺎده ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬8-2-10
ASTM A615M ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS 4483 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم وﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬9-2-10
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬9 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻞﮔﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬10-2-10
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬3 ‫درﺻﺪ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روش ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬11-2-10
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬/‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ روش ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ واﺟﺪ‬.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮش را ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬12-2-10
ASTM ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS 4483 ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺟﻮش ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﻔﺲ‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬A 185
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ را ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ دﻫﺪ‬ASTM A185 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS 4483
250 ‫ و‬50 ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬13-2-10
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬4 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮده اﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
45
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
than four longitudinal bars (at approximately
equal spacing) shall be provided. The
circumferential bar spacing shall be not more
than 150 mm.
Cages shall have two loops spaced 50 mm
apart at each pipe end and adjacent to anodes
and arresters.
Note:
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬.(‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺬارده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬150 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و‬50 ‫ﻗﻔﺲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دوﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﻪ آﻧﺪﻫﺎ و ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Close fitting arresters may be designed to have
the concrete around them, in which case this
requirement is not applicable.
‫ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰام‬،‫اﻃﺮاف آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.2.14 Where a lap is required, one part cage
shall have its longitudinal wires extended to
ensure a minimum overlap of 200 mm with the
longitudinal wires of the other cage and with
the circumferential wires of each cage having
not less than 25 mm between them. Lap wires
shall be bent down as necessary to maintain
alignment.
10.2.15 Cages shall be rigidly held concentric
to the pipe at the correct location by
electrically insulating plastic or concrete
spacers. The type of spacer shall be proposed
by the contractor for approval by the
Company. Spacers shall have flush bases to
prevent indentation into the anti-corrosion
coating.
،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ رويﻫﻢ اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬14-2-10
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻗﻔﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺘﺪاد داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي‬200 ‫ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻗﻔﺲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ دارد و ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻢﺗﺮازي‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺪارد‬25 ‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﻔﺲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي رويﻫﻢ اﻓﺘﺎده را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف‬
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻗﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻣﺤﻞ‬15-2-10
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺿﺪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
46
‫دي‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-274(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮش ازﺳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ )‪ (c‬‬
‫ﺑﺮش ازﺳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﻮاﻧﺒﻨﺪي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮرﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ از وﺳﻂ اﺳﺘﺨﻮاﻧﺒﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬
‫‪Fig. 1- REINFORCEMENT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬
‫)‪ 3 mm min, equallyspaced‬‬
‫)‪Circumferential (  3 mm min‬‬
‫( ‪Longitudinal bars‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎوي(‬
‫‪150 mm Max‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ )ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻗﻞ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮش در ﻫﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﻪ آﻧﺪﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫)‪Longitudinal bars (  3 mm min‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر در ﺣﺪود ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم‬
‫وﺳﻂ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Fig. 2-CAGE REINFORCEMENT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ - 2‬ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻗﻔﺲ‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
10.3 Coating Process
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن‬3-10
10.3.1 Proportioning of materials
‫ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮاد‬1-3-10
The Contractor will be permitted to select
any proportioning of materials to produce
the requirements of concrete strength and
density/submerged weight. The Contractor
shall prove the suitability of his mix design
by pre-qualification testing, to be witnessed
and approved by the Company prior to the
start of production coating. Approved mix
designs shall not be changed without retesting and approval by the Company. Mix
designs submitted to the Company for
approval shall at least contain following
information:
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﺟﺎزه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮادي را ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫وزن ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬/‫آوردن اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺘﻦ و ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﺶ را ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻈﺎرت و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺮوع ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺛﺒﺎت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﺪد و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺣﺎوي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- The proportions and weights of the
component materials used for the mix,
- the water/cement ratio (not to exceed
0.45 by weight),
- the grading of the aggregates
accompanied by appropriate curves,
- the test results of the mix for strength,
density and water absorption,
- the measures taken to minimize drying
shrinkage.
،‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﻫﺎ و اوزان اﺟﺰاء ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬-
،(‫ وزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/45 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن )ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬/‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ آب‬-
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ و ﺟﺬب آب ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬، ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن اﻧﻘﺒﺎض‬.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬2-3-10
10.3.2 Application of concrete coatings
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬1-2-3-10
10.3.2.1 Prior to application of concrete
coating, pipe shall be coated by anticorrosion coating and then inspected and
tested with a holiday detector specified by
this Standard for each individual coating
(see clause 5.14).
Any pipes containing coating defects shall
be put aside or repaired in accordance with
this construction Standard. The testing
shall take place just prior to the fitting of
the reinforcement steel and, additionally,
prior to the attachment of anodes or
buckle/crack arresters.
Special care shall be taken with pipes to
which
sacrificial
anodes
and/or
buckle/crack arresters have been fitted.
Anode attachment and cable-to-pipe
connectors shall be inspected to ensure that
‫ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
14-5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﻣﺠﺰا آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي ﻋﻴﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﻫﻢﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﺮك اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬/‫اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﺗﺎﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ‬/‫دﻗﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺪاﺷﻮﻧﺪه و‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧﺪ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ﺗﺮك ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬/‫ﺗﺎﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي‬
48
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
they are secure and are properly coated
with an anti-corrosion coating determined
by the use of the holiday detector.
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮدن و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
10.3.2.2 The concrete shall be applied to
the pipe by either the impingement or the
compression method.
10.3.2.3 The concrete shall be placed on
the pipe within 30 minutes of the water
being first added to the mix. Each pipe
shall be coated in a continuous operation in
such a manner that the thickness of coating
is applied uniformly, smoothly, without
corrugations and concentric with the steel
pipe.
10.3.2.4 If more than one application is
required to produce a coating of the
specified thickness, then the time allowed
between the first coat and the second coat
shall not exceed 30 minutes. If a period
exceeding 30 minutes does occur, the
previous coating layer shall be removed
and the entire pipe shall be recoated.
10.3.2.5 Both ends of each pipe (i.e. the
bare pipe and the anti-corrosion coating)
shall be completely free of concrete or any
other foreign matter. The concrete shall be
terminated either square or tapered back at
an angle to the pipe surface as specified in
the Scope of Work.
10.3.2.6 The outer surface of each anode
(with the exception of the ends) shall be
kept free of concrete.
10.3.2.7 Each concrete coated pipe shall be
weighed immediately after the coating
operation and its submerged weight
established and recorded.
10.3.3 Limitations
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روش اﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-2-3-10
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اول ﻛﻪ آب ﺑﻪ‬30 ‫ ﺑﺘﻦ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪود‬3-2-3-10
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار داد‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺪاوم ﺑﻪ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻮج و ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺎف‬،‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮرت ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داد‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ‬4-2-3-10
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﻦ اوﻟﻴﻦ و‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
30 ‫ اﮔﺮ زﻣﺎن از‬.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬30 ‫دوﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺗﻤﺎم‬،‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ دوﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﺨﺖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-2-3-10
.‫ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺪون ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮرت ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ در زاوﻳﻪاي ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎر آﻣﺪه ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ آﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ دو ﺳﺮ آن( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-2-3-10
.‫ﻋﺎري از ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬7-2-3-10
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ وزن ﺷﺪه و وزن ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري آن ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺛﺒﺖ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬3-3-10
Concrete coating shall not be carried out
when the pipe, coating or air temperature
exceeds 35°C, or when there is evidence of
flash setting of concrete.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدادن ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ درﺟـﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛــﻪ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﺖﺷﺪن‬35
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫آﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
In the event that the ambient temperature
falls below 4°C the contractor may request
to use a ’Winter Concrete Application’
procedure. Prior to use, this procedure shall
be qualified by the Contractor in the
manner
by therebound
Company.
The usespecified
of recycled
material is
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رود‬4 ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺎ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روش "اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ اﻳﻦ روش ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ" را ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮهاي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬.‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪد از‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
49
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
allowed. Secondary mixing of the freshly
batched concrete with the recycled material
shall follow immediately and shall produce
a homogeneous cohesive mixture. The
amount of recycled material used shall not
exceed 10% of the total mix by weight.
When breaks in the operation for whatever
reason exceed thirty minutes then the
recycled material not previously added to
mix shall be discarded and removed from
the coating area.
10.4 Concrete Curing
‫ﻛﺮدن دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎزه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺎك ﺑﻪﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬10 ‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻟﻴﻞ‬.‫وزﻧﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬30 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ و از ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ‬4-10
10.4.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-10
10.4.1.1 Immediately after completion of
coating, the pipe shall be removed from the
coating machine and transferred, after
weighing and diameter measurements, to
the storage yard for curing. The coated pipe
shall be gently lifted and transported to the
curing yard and placed, so as to prevent
cracking or damage to the concrete, in a
single layer.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬1-1-4-10
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮزﻳﻦ و اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺒﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻞآوري اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮده و ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮده و اﺳﺘﻘﺮار داد ﺗﺎ از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﻳﺎ وارد آﻣﺪن‬
.‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
10.4.1.2 Curing shall be performed either by using water curing, steam curing, curing
by sealing compounds or polyethylene
wrapping. The exposed surfaces of the
concrete shall be protected during curing
from any adverse effects of sunshine,
drying winds, rain or running water.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬2-1-4-10
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺨﺎري‬،‫آﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻧﻮار ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺑﺎدﻫﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري از اﺛﺮات ﻣﻀﺮ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ آب ﺟﺎري ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
10.4.1.3 The curing process shall continue until a minimum compressive strength of
14 N/mm² has been achieved (as
demonstrated by the qualification tests
and/or subsequent core tests), after which
the pipe can be lifted, transported or
stacked.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ‬3-1-4-10
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اداﻣﻪ‬14 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬/‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﻫﻤﺎنﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ و‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺑﻌﺪ از آن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را‬
.‫ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮده‬
10.4.1.4 If the curing process involves steam or warm high humidity air, then it
shall be demonstrated that the process will
have no deleterious effects on the concrete.
Under no circumstances shall the pipe wall
be allowed to reach a temperature that
would cause any damage to the anticorrosion coating 60°C, or as advised
otherwise by the Company.
10.4.1.5 Prior to use, the curing facilities and procedure shall be proposed by the
Contractor for approval by the Company.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم‬4-1-4-10
‫ آﻧﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺛﺮات‬،‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ دﻳﻮاره‬.‫زﻳﺎنآوري روي ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬60 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ وارد آﻣﺪن آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬،‫ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت و روش ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬5-1-4-10
.‫از ﻃﺮف ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
50
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
10.4.2 Water curing
‫ ﻋﻤﻞآوري آﺑﻲ‬2-4-10
Water curing shall consist of wetting and
moistening the concrete coating, starting
not later than 6 hours after concrete placing
completion.
The concrete coating shall be kept
continuously moist by intermittent spraying
for a period of at least 7 days. The interval
between spraying shall not be more than 24
hours. At temperatures below 4°C, suitable
precautions shall be taken to prevent
damage due to freezing.
10.4.3 Steam curing
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري آﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮ ﻛﺮدن و ﻣﺮﻃﻮبﺳﺎزي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ رﻳﺰي ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ‫ﺷﺮوع آن دﻳﺮﺗﺮ از‬
.‫را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
7 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ دوره‬
‫ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬.‫روزه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬4 ‫ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬24 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻳﺦ زدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺑﺨﺎري‬3-4-10
10.4.3.1 Curing by steam shall not start
sooner than 3 hours after concrete
application completion.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ زودﺗﺮ از ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ‬1-3-4-10
.‫از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ رﻳﺰي ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
10.4.3.2 Concrete coated pipes shall be
enclosed in plastic or a similar cover
suitable to maintain steam circulation.
10.4.3.3 Steam circulation shall start at
ambient temperature and shall be
controlled to give a temperature gradient of
approximately 10°C/hour up to a maximum
steel/coating temperature of 60°C.
10.4.3.4 The pipes shall be held under
steam curing at least 6 hours and then
allowed to cool for a similar period. The
Contractor shall demonstrate by prequalification that the curing time used is
sufficient to meet the required strength
levels specified.
10.4.4 Curing by sealing compounds
(membrane)
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ‬2-3-4-10
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدش ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺨﺎر ﻗﺮار‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮدش ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬3-3-4-10
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ‬10 ً‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬60 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬/‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬6 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬4-3-4-10
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺎرت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه از‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت آب ﺑﻨﺪي )ﻏﺸﺎء‬4-4-10
10.4.4.1 Sealing compounds shall meet
requirements as per ASTM C 309-89
standard. The material shall be stored,
prepared and applied in strict conformity
with the printed instructions supplied by
the
compound
manufacturer.
The
compound shall be non-toxic and noninflammable and shall not react with any
constituent
of
the
concrete,
the
reinforcement, the anodes, the protective
coating or the pipe steel.
10.4.4.2 Unless otherwise specified by the
compound manufacturer’s instructions,
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-4-10
‫ ﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM C309-89
،‫ﺟﺪي ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﺳﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮ آﺗﺶ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ از اﺟﺰاي‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ آﻧﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬،‫ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
.‫واﻛﻨﺶ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ رﻫﻨﻤﻮدﻫﺎي‬2-4-4-10
51
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
membrane sealing compounds shall be
sprayed over the concrete surface within 6
hours after concrete placing completion
and shall remain for a minimum of 7 days.
The materials shall not be applied at a
temperature of less than 4°C.
Sealing compound shall not be sprayed on
any part of the anode surface.
10.4.5 Curing
wrapping
under
polyethylene
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت آبﺑﻨﺪي ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻦ‬6 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ در ﻇﺮف‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ روز ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬7 ‫رﻳﺰي ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4 ‫دﻣﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ آبﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺳﻄﺢ آﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري زﻳﺮ ﻟﻔﺎف ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬5-4-10
Wrapping in plastic film (e.g. polyethylene
film), shall take place by mechanical
apparatus immediately after the coating is
applied to the pipe and preferably before
the pipe is removed from the concrete
coating apparatus. A light spray of water
shall be applied before applying the plastic
film. The film shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.1 mm and overlap of the
sheet shall not be less than 25% of the
sheet width. Polyethylene film shall be in
accordance with ASTM C 171 standard.
The polyethylene wrapping shall
removed prior to load-out of pipe.
be
10.5 Inspection and Testing
(‫ﻟﻔﺎف ﻛﺮدن در ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/1 ‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬25 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ آن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ورق ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM C171
.‫ﻟﻔﺎف ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬5-10
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5-10
10.5.1 General
‫ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه )ﻫﺎي( ﺗﻤﺎم وﻗﺖ ﻳﺎ‬1-1-5-10
10.5.1.1 The Company may have a fulltime or part-time representative(s) at the
Contractor’s plant, to monitor sampling,
testing, calibrating and curing during
production.
،‫ﭘﺎره وﻗﺘﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮداري‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ را‬،‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.5.1.2 The Contractor shall supply details
of all sampling and testing procedures and
shall receive the Company’s approval prior
to use.
10.5.1.3 Strength, density and water
absorption tests shall be carried out by a
third party proposed by the Contractor and
approved by the Company, unless the
contractor’s own facilities and procedures
are accepted by the Company.
10.5.2 Miscellaneous inspections/tests
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺗﻤﺎم روشﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺑﺮداري و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ را ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ و ﺟﺬب آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬3-1-5-10
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم و‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت و روشﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﻮد ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬/‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ‬2-5-10
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻓﻮﻻدي‬1-2-5-10
10.5.2.1 Steel reinforcement check
a) When steel wire fabric reinforcement
is used, at least 2 pipes per shift shall be
2-1-5-10
‫اﻟﻒ( وﻗﺘﻲ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
52
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
selected at random for checking that the
distribution of the reinforcement is as
specified in 10.2 clause. The method of
checking shall be to remove a small area
of concrete coating (200 mm long × 100
mm wide) by means of a high pressure
water jet. Any pipe inspected found
satisfactory shall be reinstated.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬2
‫ روش‬.‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬2-10 ‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
200) ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮض( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﺗﺎب آب ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬100 × ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ رﺿﺎﻳﺖﺑﺨﺸﻲ داﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
.‫از ﻧﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
b) An electrical resistance check shall
be made between the pipe and the
(inner) reinforcement on at least 2 pipes
per shift. This shall be carried out in the
period between concrete application and
curing, using an Ohm-meter. The
resistance shall be at least 1000 Ohms.
c) Pipes with unsatisfactory distribution
of reinforcement, or which fail the
electrical resistance test, shall be
stripped and recoated after correct
installation of reinforcement. In this
event, three additional pipes from the
same batch shall also be checked to gain
acceptance of the batch.
10.5.2.2 Diameter measurements
‫ب ( آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺠﺎم‬2 ‫)داﺧﻠﻲ( ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﻚ اﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1000 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ج ( ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻮﻓﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﻳﺎن ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ از ﻫﻤﺎن ﮔﺮوه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﮔﺮوه ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ‬2-2-5-10
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫دو اﻟﺰام زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮآورده ﺳﺎزد‬
The diameter measurements immediately
after concrete coating application shall
satisfy the following two requirements:
a) The radial distance between any high and
low points of the coating surface shall not
exceed 8 mm in any 500 mm length, nor 5
mm in the last 1 m length at each end.
b) The diameter of each coated pipe
shall be measured using a girth tape in
six positions spaced at approximately
equal intervals with the two ends.
Measurements being approximately 600
mm from the ends of the concrete
coating. All diameter measurements
shall be recorded and the mean value
per pipe shall be used to calculate the
mean concrete thickness. The concrete
thickness and acceptance tolerance shall
be as stated in the Scope of Work.
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل‬500 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ‬8 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ آﺧﺮ ﻃﻮل در ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬1 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در‬5
‫ب ( ﻗﻄﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻮار در‬
‫اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺑﺎ دو‬
600 ً‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ و ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز رواداري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺎن‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺧﺎرج از رواداري ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
10.5.2.3 Visual inspection
10.5.2.3.1 General - All Concretes coated
pipes shall be visually inspected and
examined for damage, cracks, or other
defects.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬3-2-5-10
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ – ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه‬1-3-2-5-10
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ و ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Coated pipes outside the stated tolerances
shall be repaired or stripped and re-coated,
at the discretion of the Company.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
53
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
All cores removed for strength testing shall
be visually examined for voids and other
defects.
10.5.2.3.2 Cracking - Circumferential
surface cracking of the concrete, with a
crack width less than 5 mm, shall not be
considered a defect.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ازﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن – ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬2-3-2-5-10
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ‬5 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
.‫ﻋﻴﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬250 ‫ﺗﺮكﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ و ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻮك ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از‬10 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺗﺮك ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ در ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬1000
‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و‬250 ‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬3-6-10 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1000
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ در دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺪﮔﻤﺎﻧﻲ و‬.‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ در ﻣﻮرد ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﻈﻨﻮن ﺷﺪن اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده ﺣﻠﻘﻮي روﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺨﺮب ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮش ارهاي و‬.‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺑﻮدن‬
.‫ﺟﺮم ﺑﺘﻦ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
10.5.2.3.3 Damage - Surface damage will
not be considered a defect if:
‫ ﺧﺴﺎرت – ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ‬3-3-2-5-10
a) The total surface area of damage
per pipe is less than 0.1 m², and
b) The maximum depth does not
exceed 20% of the coating
thickness, and
c) The remaining concrete is sound.
Longitudinal surface cracks of any width
and less than 250 mm in length shall not be
considered defects, but holes of 10 mm
nominal diameter shall be drilled at the
crack tips to prevent crack propagation.
Longitudinal cracks in excess of 1000 mm
in length or extending the full depth of the
coating are not acceptable and coating with
such a crack shall be removed from the
entire length of the pipe. Longitudinal
cracks with a length between 250 mm and
1000 mm shall be repaired (see clause
10.6.3).
Circumferential annular cracking visible at
pipe ends is not acceptable. Any such
cracking noted shall be reason to consider
the concrete suspect and liable to rejection.
An investigation shall be made, including a
back check of pipe produced prior to and
following the suspect pipe. Any concrete
coating noted with annular cracking of the
concrete shall be destructively tested by the
Contractor. This testing shall take the form
of saw cutting and removal of sections of
the concrete from the pipe to determine
whether the concrete is a homogeneous
mass throughout the length of the pipe.
:‫ﻋﻴﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد اﻣﺎ‬
0/1 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬20 ‫ب ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ از‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ج ( ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Damage at the ends of the concrete need not be repaired provided that the damaged
area is less than one third of the
circumference for a length less than 200
mm.
‫ﺧﺴﺎرت در دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺘﻦ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط آن‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬200 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
54
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
10.5.3 Strength and density testing
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم و ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬3-5-10
The compressive strength and density of
the applied concrete after 7 and 28 days
shall be determined by two different
methods of testing:
‫ روز‬28 ‫ و‬7 ‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺎري و ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو روش ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
a) taking of test cubes from the
transfer belt between the concrete
batching plant and the application
machine (or from the mixer outlet
for continuous mixing equipment);
b) taking of core samples from the
actual concrete coating on the
pipes.
Acceptance shall be based only on 28 days
core sample strength results.
10.6 Repairs and Rejection
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻜﻌﺐﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ از ﺗﺴﻤﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل )ﻳﺎ از‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ(؛‬
‫ب ( ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ واﻗﻌﻲ‬
.‫روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
28 ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ در‬
.‫روز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-10
10.6.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6-10
10.6.1.1 Concrete coated pipes may be
rejected by the Company when any of the
previously stated acceptance criteria are not
met, and in such case the coating shall be
completely removed rather than partially
repaired. Damage, cracks and core holes
shall be repaired in accordance with this
Clause (10.6).
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬1-1-6-10
‫از ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ و در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬، ‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺮدود ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺴﺎرت‬
.‫( ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬6-10)
10.6.1.2 Concrete used for repairs shall
contain the same proportions of dry
constituents as the original coating but the
water/cement ratio may be higher, to
improve workability.
10.6.1.3 Prior to application of repair
material, the defective area shall be
thoroughly cleaned by removing concrete
coating sufficiently to clean under the
reinforcing bars and the concrete edges
shall be cut so as to form a holding key.
10.6.1.4 All repairs shall be moist cured for
a minimum period of 48 hours.
10.6.1.5 The contractor shall demonstrate
that the procedures for repair application
and cure will result in an acceptable
coating with the compressive strength of
repair being at least equal to the strength of
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑـﺎﻳـﺪ ﺣﺎوي‬2-1-6-10
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮده اﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ آب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺻﻼح ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺎده ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-1-6-10
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪر ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎك ﻧﻤﻮدن‬
‫زﻳﺮ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻳﺪه‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه درآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬48 ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ زﻣﺎن‬4-1-6-10
.‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮرت ﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ روش اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و‬5-1-6-10
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ را ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺎري ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اراﺋﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
55
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
the coating. All repair methods shall be
subject to the Company approval prior to
use.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬.‫داد‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
10.6.1.6 Repairs shall be effected by
removing the concrete to expose uninjured
reinforcements throughout the damaged
areas. Any damaged reinforcement shall be
replaced.
10.6.1.7 The edges of the removed area
shall be undercut to provide a key lock for
the repair material.
10.6.1.8 A stiff mixture of cement,
aggregate and water shall be troweled into
and through the reinforcement, and built-up
until the surface is even and smooth with
the original coating around the repair. The
coating resulting from the repair, shall be
equal in strength to the coating originally
applied.
10.6.1.9 Any repair made by the concrete
applicator shall be appropriately positioned
and allowed to properly cure for a
minimum of 36 hours before further
handling, however, if a shield is used over
the repair and allowed to remain in place
the pipe may be handled immediately.
10.6.2 Damaged areas
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ و در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬6-1-6-10
.‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻟﻢ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه‬7-1-6-10
.‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎده ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ و آب را‬،‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬8-1-6-10
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ و از ﻣﻴﺎن آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه و ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
.‫ ﻫﻢﺳﻄﺢ و ﺻﺎف ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﻃﺮاف ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎدل اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺘﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم‬9-1-6-10
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد و اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ‬36 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن روي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد و‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬،‫آﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻓﻮراً ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ‬
.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه‬2-6-10
10.6.2.1 Damaged areas shall be repaired
when they are considered defects as
defined in clause 10.5.2.3.3.
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1-2-6-10
3-3-2-5-10 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻋﻴﻮب ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
10.6.2.2 Areas of damage not in excess of
0.8 m² in any 3 m length of pipe (restricted
to two such areas in any 12 m length of
pipe) may be repaired by hand patching, if
repairs are carried out while the concrete is
in a ’green’ state (i.e. within 4 hours of
coating application and prior to curing).
0/8 ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬2-2-6-10
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ دو ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي‬3 ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( را ﻣﺎداﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ در‬12 ‫در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬4 ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ "ﺗﺮ و ﺗﺎزه اﺳﺖ" )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺪود‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري( ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺗﻮﺳﻂ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ‬
.‫دﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
10.6.2.3 In the event that the Contractor
wishes to repair areas on cured concrete, a
guniting process shall be used and the
procedure shall be approved by the
Company prior to use.
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ روي ﺑﺘﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ‬3-2-6-10
10.6.2.4 Areas where coating has been
damaged during coating application in
excess of 0.8 m² but not more than 25% of
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد و‬،‫آﻣﺪه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ روش ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻪ‬4-2-6-10
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬25 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬0/8 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
56
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
the total coating area, shall be repaired
immediately prior to the pipe being
removed from the coating applicator by reapplication of the spalled areas using the
application machine used to coat the pipe.
‫اﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دور ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺠﺪد ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮرد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
10.6.2.5 Where damage to concrete is in
excess of 25% of the total coating area,
repairs shall not be allowed. All coating
shall be removed and the pipe re-coated.
10.6.2.6 The Contractor shall propose a
procedure for removing rejected coating
and shall receive the Company approval
prior to use.
10.6.3 Cracks
25 ‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت وارده ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬5-2-6-10
.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫درﺻﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﺷﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-2-6-10
‫ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪه ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ را ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬3-6-10
Longitudinal cracks in excess of 250 mm in
length shall be repaired as specified below
with the addition that the ends of each crack
shall be drilled with a hole of 10 mm nominal
diameter to prevent crack propagation. The
bottom of this hole shall be 7-10 mm from the
anti-corrosion coating.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬250 ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ درازاي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫آﻧﭽﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺗﺮك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮراﺧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
7 ‫ ﻛﻒ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮك اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬10
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
Repairs to cracks shall be made by opening the crack to 25 mm width by chiseling out.
The prepared area shall be undercut to form
an adequate key for the repair material. The
repair material shall be trowelled or
impinged into the prepared area and
smoothed down to the level of the original
coating. Prior to repairing, the prepared
area shall be inspected by the Company for
damage to the coating or metal surface.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ‬25 ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺗﺮك ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮش‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺳﻜﻨﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫داده ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎده ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﺎده ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف‬.‫درآﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﭘﺮﺗﺎب ﻛﺮد و ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﻤﻮار‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺴﺎرت وارده ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬/‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬4-6-10
10.6.4 Core holes/inspection areas
Core holes shall not be refilled without
prior inspection and approval by the
Company. The core holes shall then be
hand filled with a stiff mix similar to that
used in the coating process. Prior to use,
the detailed procedure shall be proposed by
the contractor and approved by the
Company.
11.
POLYETHYLENE
AND
POLYPROPYLENE
COATING
APPLICATION
‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪاً ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬.‫دوﺑﺎره ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎ‬
‫ روش ﻣﺸﺮوح ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫دﺳﺖ ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ و ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬-11
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.1 General
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع از ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﻨﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻮع‬.‫در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺎرج ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮار زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Application requirements for three types of
shop-applied polyolefin coatings for the
exterior of steel pipe are considered bellow.
57
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
The type of coating shall be specified by
the Company.
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
Type 1: The extruded polyolefin sleeve,
shrunk over a primed pipe by cross heat
extruded method. This type of coating
shall be applied in accordance with DIN
EN 10288, DIN 30670 standards and
amendments to IPS-G-TP-335.
Type 2: The dual extrusion (side
extrusion method) where the soft primer
is extruded on to the blast-cleaned or
epoxy primed pipe followed by multiple
fused layers of polyolefin. This type of
coating shall be applied in accordance
with IPS-G-TP-335 standard.
Type 3: Powder sinter coating (fusion
bonded PE coating) consists of PE
powder distribution from an applicator
running the length of the pipe, on to the
continuously rotating heated pipe
below.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ دور ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
،DIN 30670 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬IPS-G-TP-335 ‫ و ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ‬DIN EN 10288
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ ﻓﺸﺎرﻛﺎري دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ )روش ﻓﺸﺎرﻛﺎري ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬:2 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود ﻛﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻧﺎزﻛﻲ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﻧﺒﺎل آن ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ در ﻫﻢ آﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ از ﭘﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻓﺸﺎرﻛﺎري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-TP-335 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬PE ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻔﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻮدر )ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬:3 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ از ﻳﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬PE ‫ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ( ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﭘﻮدر‬
‫ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﻣﺪاوم در‬،‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮك در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﺎل ﭼﺮﺧﺶ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This type of coating which is included
in IPS-E-TP-270 standard, when
specified by the Company, shall be
applied in accordance with Clause 11.2.
11.2 Fusion-Bonded Low Density
Polyethylene Coating (Powder Sintering)
‫ ﻏﻼف ﭘﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎرﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ روش ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬:1 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ آﻣﺪه‬IPS-E-T-270 ‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﺳﺖ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬2-11
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ‬2-11
(‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ )ﺗﻔﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻮدر‬
11.2.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-11
11.2.1.1
The
standard
specifies
requirements for application of fusionbonded low-density polyethylene coating
of pipes and fittings, that are installed in
location not subject to weather exposure.
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻲ را ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ‬1-1-2-11
‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
،‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻫﻮا ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
11.2.1.2 Polyethylene materials complying
with this Standard are intended for
application to pipes and fittings where the
pipeline operating temperatures are not
normally more than +60°C nor less than 40°C.
11.2.2 Coating thickness
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ‬2-1-2-11
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪف اﻋﻤﺎل روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬
+60 ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-40 ‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-11
Unless otherwise specified by the
Company, the minimum coating thickness
of the fusion bonded polyethylene shall be
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬3 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول‬
58
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
as specified in Table 3.
.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
TABLE 3- MINIMUM TOTAL COATING THICKNESS
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Pipe Diameter
mm (in)
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )اﻳﻨﭻ‬
Up to DN
DN ‫ﺗﺎ‬
DN 500 (20) up to
DN 900 (36)
‫( ﺗﺎ‬20) DN
Total Thickness, mm
Powder Epoxy Resin
(1st layer)
mm (μm)
Adhesive
(2nd layer)
mm (μm)
(‫رزﻳﻦ ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ )ﻻﻳﻪ اول‬
(‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬
‫ﭼﺴﺐ )ﻻﻳﻪ دوم( ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
(‫)ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬
3LPE
3LPP
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
0.2(200)
0.15(200)
2.5
2.5
0.2(200)
0.15(200)
3.0
2.5
0.2(200)
0.15(200)
3.5
3
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ‬
(36) 900 DN
> DN 900 (36)
Notes:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
1) Where additional protection is required
(e.g. because of rocky backfill
expansive or clays), consideration may
be given to specifying the heavy
thickness.
‫( ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬1
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،(‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎك رس‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻻزم اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
2) When the specified minimum coating
thickness exceeds 45 percent of the pipe
wall thickness, the Company shall
consult the applicator.
11.2.3 Surface preparation
‫ درﺻﺪ‬45 ‫( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺶ از‬2
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬3-2-11
Surface preparation shall be in accordance
with clause 5.7.
11.2.4 Application of coating
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-2-11
11.2.4.1 Immediately prior to the
application of polyethylene compound, the
surface to be coated shall be free of
deleterious contaminants and surface
defects.
11.2.4.2 At this process the surface
prepared steel pipes are heated by direct
gas flame or hot air heated oven to 270°C
max, to obtain good adhesion of the PE to
metal.
The hot pipe is placed beneath a chute,
running the length of the pipe, from which
a PE powder of maximum particle size 400
microns
falls
continuously,
or
intermittently as required, onto the rotating
ً‫ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬1-4-2-11
‫ از آﻟﻮدﮔﻴﻬﺎي زﻳﺎن آور و‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
.‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻋﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه‬2-4-2-11
‫ درﺟﻪ‬270‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ ﻛﻮره ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ و ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ‬PE ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
.‫دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ داغ در زﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎودان ﻣﺘﺤﺮك در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬400 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪازه‬PE ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و از آن ذرات ﭘﻮدر‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎز روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﮔﺮدش‬
59
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
pipe. The coated pipes are cooled by
blowing cold air through them after having
been put onto end supports to keep them
clean of the ground, in order to prevent
damage to the still soft PE coating.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار دادن روي‬.‫رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ دور ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ و‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻧﺮم‬PE ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ وزش ﺑﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه واﻗﻌﺎً ﻋﺎري از ﻟﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.2.4.3 During coating, the beveled ends
of the pipes shall be protected against
mechanical
damage
and
against
contamination with coating material.
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ارﻳﺐ ﺷﺪه‬3-4-2-11
11.2.4.4 The coating shall be applied in
such a way as to obtain a smooth outer
surface resulting in a coating comply with
Clause 11.2.8.
11.2.4.5 If after being heated, a pipe or
fitting is allowed to cool below the coating
temperature without being coated, the
surface shall be re-prepared by abrasive
blast cleaning before being reheated for
coating.
11.2.5 The pipe ends
The resultant coating is claimed to be
virtually stain-free.
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ‬4-4-2-11
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ و ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪ آن ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8-2-11
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﺮم‬5-4-2-11
‫ ﺳﺮد‬،‫ ﺗﺎ زﻳﺮ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺪون اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-2-11
At the pipe ends the coating shall be cut
back over a length of 150 mm ±20 mm
unless otherwise specified. At the cut-back
the coating edge shall be shaped to form a
bevel angle of 30 to 45 degree. For
stainless steel pipes, non-ferrous or
stainless steel mechanical tools shall be
used.
11.2.6 End treatment of coating
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺮﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي‬150 ±20
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟـﻪ درآﻳﺪ – ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي‬45 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30 ‫ارﻳﺐ ﺑــﺎ زاوﻳﻪ‬
‫ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮآﻫﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
.‫ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-2-11
The junction at the ends of the pipe coating
and the pipe surface shall be finished as
follows:
‫ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل در اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
a) Tapered to a feathered edge over a
distance not less than 5 times the
coating thickness.
b) Sealed with lacquer.
11.2.7 Protection of welded joints on PE
coated steel pipes (coating of field joints)
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬5 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ب ( ﺑﺎ ﻻك اﻟﻜﻞ آبﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي‬7-2-11
‫ )ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬PE ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
(‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
The protection of the uncoated area of steel
pipe adjacent to the welded joints can be
achieved by means of:
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
:‫ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ روشﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
60
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
- Thermo shrinkable
tubing (see clause 13.3).
polyethylene
- Fused polyethylene powder (see clause
11.2).
- Wrapping with plastic adhesive tape
(cold applied tape) (see clause 13.2).
11.2.8
Finished
requirements
coating
system
3-13 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬2-11 ‫ ﭘﻮدر ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ ﻟﻔﺎفﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﻧﻮار ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-13 ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه‬8-2-11
The finished coating shall comply the
requirements described in IPS-G-TP-335
standard, except that the cathodic
disbonded length can increase up to 15
mm.
11.2.9 Repairs
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑـﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-G-TP-335 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬15 ‫ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬9-2-11
11.2.9.1 Where a flaw is located, the PE
coating shall be repaired to the satisfaction
of the Company.
11.2.9.2 The application of a hot spatula is
a satisfactory method for small repairs (up
to 650 mm²), provided that there is a
residual layer of polyethylene still adhering
strongly to the steel surface.
PE ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮك ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬1-9-2-11
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﻤﻨﺪي ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲ داغ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )ﺗﺎ‬2-9-2-11
‫ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻳﻚ روش رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺖ‬650
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه از ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻد‬
.‫ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داراي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﻮي اﺳﺖ‬
11.2.9.3 Apart from repairs resulting from destructive testing the number of repairs
shall not exceed three per pipe or fitting.
،‫ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺨﺮب‬3-9-2-11
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ در ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.2.9.4 Except for repairs resulting from destructive testing, the area of any single
repair shall not exceed 0.1 m² and the
length of such repair shall not exceed the
nominal
pipe
diameter
in
the
circumferential direction, or twice the
nominal pipe diameter in the longitudinal
direction.
11.2.9.5 Testing of repaired area shall comply with clause (11.2.8).
‫ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬4-9-2-11
11.2.10 Inspection and rejection
Inspection and rejection shall be in
accordance with IPS-G-TP-335 standard.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬10-2-11
‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ و در ازاي‬0/1 ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺨﺮب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ دوﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑـﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬5-9-2-11
.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8-2-11)
IPS-G-TP- ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬335
12. POLYURETHANE COATINGS
12.1 General
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬-12
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12
The multi-component liquid coating is
generally composed of a polyol and an
isocyanate.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﻳﻚ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻮل و ﻳﻚ اﻳﺰوﺳﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
61
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
The polyol and isocyanate should have different colors allowing the verification of
the correct mixing and checking the
uniformity of the color of the mixed
product.
The coating is considered cured when it has
attained the hardness recommended by the
product manufacturer.
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻮل و اﻳﺰوﺳﻴﺎﻧﺎت رﻧﮕﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ دارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ رﻧﮓ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎزﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-12
12.2 Application of the Coating
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آﻣﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
12.2.1 Surface preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬1-2-12
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت‬،‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ و ﻋﺎري از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ )روﻏﻦ‬
،‫ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه( و ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺤﻲ )ﭼﺎك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه( زﻳﺎن آور ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺗﻮرق‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Prior to abrasive blast cleaning, the steel
surface shall be dry and free from
contamination (oil, grease, temporary
corrosion protections, etc.) and surface
defects
(slivers,
laminations,
etc.)
detrimental to the surface or to the
adhesion of the coating.
12.2.2 surface preparation shall be in
accordance with clause 5.7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-5 ‫ آﻣﺎه ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-2-12
12.2.3 The temperature of the components
shall be monitored using suitable means in
order to make sure that the application
conditions are fully satisfied.
‫ دﻣﺎي اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬3-2-12
12.3 Composition of the Coating
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً رﺿﺎﻳﺖﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-12
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-12
12.3.1 General
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ روش ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
The coating shall be applied in accordance
with the established procedure.
12.3.2 Mixing
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن‬2-3-12
.‫ﭘﻠﻲﻳﻮل و اﻳﺰوﺳﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻇﺮوف ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Polyol and isocyanate shall be supplied in
separate containers.
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻴﺮون آوردن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ زده ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﺎن‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ درآﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲﻳﻮل و اﻳﺰوﺳﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻣﻮاد دوﺟﺰﻳﻲ در رﻧﮕﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ رﻧﮓ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫رﮔﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
For twin feed airless application, appropriate monitoring equipment shall be
used to ensure correct metering of the two
pack materials.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﺎﻳﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺪون ﻫﻮاي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺗﺎ از اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮاد دوﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬
.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
The contents of each container shall be
stirred or agitated to an homogeneous state
before any is withdrawn.
Polyol and isocyanate shall be thoroughly
mixed in the proportions specified by the
product manufacturer.
When the two pack materials are supplied
in different colours, evidence of complete
mixing is indicated when a uniform colour
is achieved without any “streaking”
62
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
The quantity of material made up at one
time shall not exceed that can be used
within the pot life stated by the product
manufacturer or that necessary to ensure
complete coverage of the area to be coated.
12.3.3 General application procedure
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺎدهاي ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﺑﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻳﺎ آن ﻣﻘﺪاري ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ روش ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-3-12
A layer of liquid coating shall be applied to
the blast cleaned components using the
method and equipment recommended by the
product manufacturer.
The coating shall be uniform.
If a second layer is required to reach the
prescribed thickness, this shall be applied in
accordance with the overcoating time
prescribed by the product manufacturer.
Particular attention shall be paid to the
recommended dry film thickness.
The wet film thickness shall be measured in
accordance with EN ISO 2808 standard.
If pre-heating of the resin and/or the curing
agent is required prior to mixing and
application, this shall be carried out in
accordance with the product manufacturer’s
procedure.
If post-heating of the coating after
application is required, this shall also be
carried out in accordance with the product
manufacturer’s procedure.
No thinner shall be recommended unless by
the product manufacturer. Tools and
equipment shall be cleaned using only such
solvents as are recommended by the product
manufacturer.
Particular care shall be taken in the handling
of the components before the coating has
reached the minimum value of hardness
recommended by the manufacturer.
12.4 Field
Procedure
and
Shop
Application
‫ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي روش و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ دوم ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺒﺬول‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
EN ISO 2808 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺨﻠﻮط و‬/‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ رزﻳﻦ و‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻼلﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ وﻳﮋه ﻣﺒﺬول‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬4-12
‫ ﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻳﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫آزاد روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه وﺟﻮد دارد‬
In the field, coating shall not be applied
during rain, fog or mist, or when there is
free moisture on the prepared surface.
The coating operation shall be suspended
‫ درﺟﻪ‬3 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آﻣﺪن دﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪود‬
63
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
when the metal temperature falls to within 3
°C of the dew point, or is less than 5°C and
or when the relative humidity higher than 90
%.
During adverse weather conditions, coating
may still be carried out if the local
environment is controlled to avoid the
unacceptable condition, above specified.
This may be achieved by the erection of
protective canopies and the use of heaters
and dehumidifiers to the satisfaction of the
purchaser.
Coating shall always be applied in
accordance with the product manufacturer’s
instruction.
Components shall not be backfilled until the
coating is cured in accordance with the
hardness value recommended by the product
manufacturer.
12.5 Requirements
Coating
of
the
Applied
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮد ﻳﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ‬5 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺖ‬90 ‫ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫در ﺧﻼل ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر اﮔﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در ﻓــﻮق‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑــﺎ اﺣﺪاث ﺳﺎﻳﻪﺑﺎنﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫــﺎ و ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل‬
.‫اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي اﻃﺮاف ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬5-12
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5-12
12.5.1 General
The required properties of the applied
coating are given in BS EN 10290 standard.
Other properties can be specified at the time
of enquiry and order.
12.6 Inspection and Rejection
BS EN 10290 ‫ﺧﻮاص ﻻزم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻮاص را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در زﻣﺎن درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ و ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬6-12
For inspection and rejection see clause 5.14
13. COATING APPLICATION
FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS
OF
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14-5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدودﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬-13
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13
13.1 General
‫روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺎص ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه‬
:‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎنﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Application method of following coatings,
when specified, for fittings, connections and
special parts of pipelines shall be as
described bellow:
a) Cold applied primer and prefabricated
tape (see clause 12.2).
b) Polyethylene shrink sleeves (see
clause 12.3).
c) Asphalt mastic coating (see clause
12.4).
2-12 ‫اﻟﻒ( آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا و ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬3-12 ‫ب ( ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻨﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-12 ‫ج ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
64
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
The selection of type of coating for
connections and fittings shall comply with
requirements described in IPS-E-TP-270
standard.
13.2 Cold Applied
Prefabricated Tape
Primer
and
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-270 ‫ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا و ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬2-13
13.2.1 Surface preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬1-2-13
Prior to application of primer and
prefabricated tape, the surfaces of
connection and fittings shall be prepared at
least to St3 in accordance with ISO 8501-1
and then coatings applied in accordance
with Clause 12.2.2.
Welded joints shall be allowed to cool prior
to surface preparation.
13.2.2 Coating application
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح اﺗﺼﺎل و‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي و ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬St3 ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ‬
2-2-12 ‫ آﻣﺎده و ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ISO-8501-1
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ داده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻣﺎده‬
.‫ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-13
13.2.2.1 Priming
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﺮدن‬1-2-2-13
A uniform and continuous coat of primer
or
IPS-M-TP-323
(IPS-M-TP-322
standards as appropriate) shall be applied
on prepared surface in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations
The primer coverage and curing or drying
time shall be sufficient to ensure an
effective bond between the substrate and
the coatings. Priming application shall be
limited to that amount that can be wrapped
during the same workday; otherwise the
steel must be reprimed.
13.2.2.2 Wrapping
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
(‫ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺮورت‬IPS-M-TP-323 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬IPS-M-TP-322
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي و زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﻳﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ و‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪاري‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در ﺧﻼل ﻫﻤﺎن روز ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﻟﻔﺎف ﻛﺮد ﻣﺤﺪود ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫اﻳﻦﺻﻮرت ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دوﺑﺎره آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻔﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬2-2-2-13
Prefabricated tape (IPS-M-TP-313 or
IPS-M-TP-314 standards as appropriate)
shall be applied by hand spirally to the
primed surface with the following
considerations:
- The total applied thickness of tape
shall not be less than 500 µm using the
overlap of 50%.
- Tape laps shall not be used unless the
pipes circumference is less than the
length of the tape.
- Maximum and minimum temperature
for application and handling specified
by the manufacturer shall be followed.
‫ ﻳﺎ‬IPS-M-TP-314 ‫ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺮورت( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬IPS-M-TP-313
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ روي ﺳﻄﺢ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت زﻳﺮ‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
500 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮار اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از درازاي ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
65
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
13.2.3 Coating repair
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-2-13
All damages, flawed areas, holidays, or
mislaps shall be repaired by peeling back
and removing the tape layers from the
affected area. The repair area shall be
brushed with primer, then a patch of tape
covering a minimum of 100 mm around the
affected area shall be applied by wrapping
around the pipe, or by application of a
patch of tape as specified by the Company.
The repaired area shall be tested with a
holiday detector as described in Sub-Clause
12.2.4 after the repair is completed.
13.2.4 Inspection of coated surfaces
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﺴﺎرات‬
‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲﻧﺸﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ ﻛﻨﺪن و ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﻮار از‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس‬.‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬100 ‫ ﺳﭙﺲ وﺻﻠﻪاي از ﻧﻮار ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫اﻃﺮاف ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪن در اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻳﻚ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻮاري ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬4-2-12 ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬4-2-13
After wrapping operations have been
completed, the contractor shall conduct an
electrical inspection of all wrapped
surfaces with an electrical holiday detector
(see clause 5.12.3.2.2). Any defect in the
wrapping shall be satisfactorily repaired at
the expense of the contractor.
13.3 Polyethylene
Coatings
Heat
Shrinkable
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﻔﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻟﻔﺎف ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( اﻧﺠﺎم‬2-2-3-12-5 ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻟﻔﺎف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ‬.‫دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬3-13
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-13
13.3.1 General
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬1-1-3-13
13.3.1.1 Heat-shrinkable coatings are
radiation cross-linked polyethylene (see
IPS-M-TP-318 standard) and are available
in the following types:
- Type 1: Tubular type
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬:1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-
- Type 2: Cigarette wrap
‫ ﻟﻔﺎف ﺳﻴﮕﺎري‬:2 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-
- Type 3: Wrap-around tape
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻧﻮاري‬:3 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-
13.3.1.2 Type 1: Tubular-type coatings These are installed before joining the pipe
ends by sliding the coating from a free end
of the pipe onto the area to be coated.
13.3.1.3 Type 2: Wraparound coatings These are wrapped circumferentially
around the pipe area to be coated.
Each wraparound coating is provided with
either a separate or a built-in closure to
secure the overlap during shrinking.
13.3.1.4 Type 3: Tape-type coatings - These
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( و در اﻧﻮاع زﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-318
:‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي – اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ‬:1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬2-1-3-13
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺰاﻧﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزاد‬
.‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻟـﻮﻟـﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬-‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫـﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬:2 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬3-1-3-13
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ اي از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار ﺑﻨﺪش ﻣﺠﺰا ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﻘﺒﺎض اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻧﻮاري – اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎ‬:3 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬4-1-3-13
66
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
are helically wrapped around the pipe area to
be coated with an overlap of 50%.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬50 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬
13.3.1.5 They have the advantage over
conventional cold-applied tapes that they
are self-tensioning, resistant to direct
sunlight and some brands can be used at
elevated temperatures up to 90°C.
13.3.1.6 Their major disadvantage is that
they require a source of heat for application
which is a flame torch. Field construction
crews must be skilled to apply the heatshrink sleeves properly. Shrink sleeves are
extensively being used for the field-joints
protection of polyethylene and fusionbonded epoxy-coated pipes.
13.3.2 Surface preparation
‫ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬5-1-3-13
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮدﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻣﺎرﻛﻬﺎي آن را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬90
‫ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﺪه آﻧﻬﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬6-1-3-13
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺣﺮارت ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر‬.‫ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻬﺎرت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮده ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻠﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬،‫اﺗﻴﻠﻨﻲ و اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻢﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬2-3-13
Wire-brush cleaning - Surfaces that have been
blast cleaned and primed in a mill or shop
before shipment to a field location may be
cleaned using solvent wash and wire brushing
or other approved means at the time the heatshrinkable coating is applied. All wire-brushed
metal surfaces shall be prepared according to
IPS-C-TP-101 standard.
13.3.3 Coating application
‫ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬-‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ و آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮان در زﻣﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻼل و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس زدن ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮس ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-C-TP-101 ‫زده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-3-13
13.3.3.1 The specific application procedure
used for each type of coating system (see
clause 12.3.1.1) shall be as described by
the manufacturer.
Maximum and minimum temperatures for
application and handling specified by the
manufacturer shall be followed (see also
AWWA C 216 standard).
13.3.3.2 Where the heat-shrinkable coating
joins with a mill-applied coating, it shall
bond to and overlap the mill coating by a
minimum of 50 mm. The supplied width
should be a minimum of 127 mm wider
than the exposed steel area to be covered.
When the heat-shrinkable coating is
applied to pipe coated, coal-tar enamel
coating, kraft paper or whitewash shall be
removed from the area to be overlapped.
‫ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع‬1-3-3-13
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-1-3-12 ‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻴﺎن ﻧﻤﻮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﮔﺮدد )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C216
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-3-3-13
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪاي ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬50 ‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﻳﺾﺗﺮ از ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬127 ‫ﻋﺮض ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻋﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ‬،‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫دوﻏﺎب آﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻮرت‬
.‫ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
67
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
13.3.4 Coating repair
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-3-13
13.3.4.1 All damaged or flawed areas,
holidays and mislaps shall be repaired by
using heat shrinkable coating (clause 12.3)
or cold applied primer and prefabricated
tape (see clause 12.2).
،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده‬1-4-3-13
‫ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ و ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫( ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا و ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﺶ‬3-12 ‫اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬2-12 ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
13.3.4.2 The damaged area shall be
covered with a minimum of (50 mm)
overlap around the damaged area by using
either a precut patch or wraparound
coating. The repaired area shall be tested
with a holiday defector as described in
clause (5.12.3.2.2), after the repair is
completed.
50) ‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬2-4-3-13
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ در اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺴﺎرت دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﻚ وﺻﻠﻪ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮع ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬،‫( ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-2-3-12-5) ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
13.3.5 Inspection of coated surface
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬5-3-13
After the heat-shrinkable coating has been
properly applied, the contractor shall
conduct an electrical inspection of all
wrapped surfaces with an electrical holiday
detector.
The heat-shrinkable coating shall pass the
electrical inspection test if no electrical
spark occurs. The primary input power
shall be no higher than 20W, and the
minimum pulses at crest voltage shall be 20
Hz.
The operating voltage of the detector shall
be determined by the following formula:
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻟﻔﺎف‬،‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ رخ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮان ورودي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬.‫در آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺲﻫﺎ در وﻟﺘﺎژ‬،‫ وات ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
.‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﺎري آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
V = 1250 t
Where:
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
V = The inspection voltage
‫ = وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬V
t = The total coating system
thickness, in mils
13.4 Asphalt Mastic Coating
IPS-M-TP-105 Standard)
(for
‫ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬،‫ = ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ‬t
IPS-M-TP- ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-13
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬105
13.4.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-13
Mastic should not be used with primer. The
material should be such to bond firmly to
clean steel surface. It shall be cold applied
by brush.
‫ ﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻼت را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‬
68
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
13.4.2 Application of mastic for bellow
ground unburied valves and fittings
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻼت ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻓﻠﻜﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﻧﺸﺪه در زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ‬
13.4.2.1 All bellow ground valves and
fittings which are not furnished coated
shall be thoroughly cleaned, and brush
coated
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴﺮﻓﻠﻜﻪﻫﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلدﻫﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ‬1-2-4-13
‫زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
13.4.2.2 The mastic shall be applied in 2 or
3 coats to a total dry film thickness of 3
mm minimum. Each coat of mastic shall be
allowed adequate time to dry, set or harden
before handling or before a further coat is
applied. (12 hours minimum each coat).
The mastic shall be applied evenly and be
free of voids, runs, and missed spots.
14. INSTALLATION OF COATED
PIPE AND BACKFILLING
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ‬3 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬2 ‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬2-2-4-13
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬3 ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻫﺮﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﻋﺎري از‬.(‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬12 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدنﻫﺎ و ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه و ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﻛﺮدن اﻃﺮاف‬-14
‫آن‬
14.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-14
At all times during construction of the
pipeline, the contractor shall use every
precaution to prevent damage to protective
coating on the pipe. No metal tools or
heavy objects shall be permitted to come
into contact unnecessarily with the finished
coating. Workmen shall not be permitted to
walk upon the coating except when
absolutely necessary. In such case, they
shall wear shoes with rubber or
composition soles and heels or other
suitable footwear that will not damage the
coating. Any damage to the pipe or the
protective coating from any cause during
the installation of the pipeline and before
final acceptance by the Company shall be
repaired in accordance with this
construction Standard and to the
satisfaction of the Company and at the
expense of the laying contractor.
14.2 Bending
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻗﺪام‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ را ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﺴﺎرت ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ اﺑﺰار ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ اﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎر ﺑﻨﺪد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻏﻴﺮﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺮان ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ راه ﺑﺮوﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻔﺸﻬﺎي‬.‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺖ و ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﭘﻮش ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺴﺎرت وارده ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﻧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻟﻮﻟﻪﮔﺬار‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن‬2-14
Cold field bending shall be done using
padded machines designed for bending
coated pipe. Field bends shall be uniform
and shall not exceed 1½ degrees for each
section of pipe length equal to the pipe
diameter.
2-4-13
‫ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮرت ﺳﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚدار ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
1
1 ‫ ﺧﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
2
‫درﺟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ از ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
69
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
14.3 Protection During Welding
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-14
A 460 mm (18 in.) wide strip of heatresistant material shall be draped over the
top half of the pipe on each side of the
coating holdback during welding to avoid
damage to the coating by hot weld splatter.
No welding ground shall be attached to the
coated part of the pipe.
14.4 Application of Rockshield
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( از ﻣﺎده ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬18) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬460 ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻬﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه و از ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﻧﮕﺎه دارد ﺗﺎ از آﺳﻴﺐ وارده ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎت ﺟﻮش داغ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل راك ﺷﻴﻠﺪ‬4-14
The contractor shall apply rockshield
(IPS-M-TP-316 standard) to the coated
pipe when specified by the Company
before hoisting the pipe (see clause 13.5).
14.5 Hoisting
‫( را روي‬IPS-M-TP-316 ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ راكﺷﻴﻠﺪ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﺪ‬5-13 ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬5-14
Pipe shall be hoisted from the trench side
to the trench by means of wide-belt slings.
Metal chains, cables, tongs, or other
equipment likely to cause damage to the
coating shall not be permitted, nor shall
dragging or skidding of the pipe be
permitted. The contractor shall allow
inspection of the coating on the underside
of the pipe while the pipe is suspended
from the slings. Coated pipe shall be
handled with nylon sling choker belts or
equivalent. Caliper clamps shall not be
used. Any damage shall be repaired in
accordance with this Standard.
14.6 Pipe Bedding and Trench Backfill
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻬﻦ از ﻛﻨﺎر ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬،‫ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي‬.‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه‬.‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺧﻮردن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﻫﺪ روي ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺎداﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﺷﺎل ﮔﺮدﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرﺗﻲ‬.‫ اﻧﺒﺮكﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬6-14
14.6.1 Backfilling shall be conducted at all
times in such a manner as to avoid abrasion
or other damage to the coating on the pipe.
Unless otherwise specified by the
Company, the following requirements shall
be met:
14.6.2 Where the trench traverses rocky
ground containing hard objects that could
penetrate the protective coating, a layer of
screened earth or sand, not less than 150
mm thick, or other suitable beddings shall
be placed in the bottom of the trench prior
to installation of the pipe.
‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم اوﻗﺎت ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺻﻮرت‬1-6-14
‫ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ از ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرات ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﺨﺮهاي ﺣﺎوي اﺷﻴﺎء‬2-6-14
‫ ﻋﺒﻮر‬،‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ ﻻﻳﻪاي از ﺧﺎك ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬، ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻛﻒ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
14.6.3 Placement of backfill around the exterior of the coated pipe shall be done
only after the inspector has made final
inspection and has accepted the exterior
coating. Backfill shall be placed in
accordance with clause 13.7.
‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﻛﺮدن اﻃﺮاف ﺧﺎرج ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-6-14
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﻞ‬7-13 ‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﮔﺬارده ﺷﻮد‬
70
Dec. 2009 / 1388‫دي‬
IPS-C-TP-274(1)
14.7 Backfilling
‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي‬7-14
Backfilling shall be conducted at all times
in such a manner as to avoid abrasion or
other damage to protective coating on pipe.
Unless otherwise specified by the
Company, the following requirements shall
be provided:
14.7.1 Placing of backfill
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ از ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺴﺎرات وارده ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﻛﺮدن‬1-7-14
Placing of backfill around exteriorprotected pipe shall be done only in the
manner approved by the inspector after the
inspector performs final inspection and
acceptance of the exterior protection.
14.7.2 Installation and type of backfill
‫ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ اﻃﺮاف ﺧﺎرج ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻧﻮع ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬2-7-14
Immediately after pipe is placed and
aligned in the trench and before the joint is
completed, loose backfill shall be placed
about the pipe, except at field joints, to a
depth of 150 mm above the pipe. This
backfill shall be free of large stones, frozen
lumps, trash, or material that may decay.
14.7.3 Rocks and hard objects
‫ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﺮار دادن و ﺗﺮاز ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ و ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫از اﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬150 ‫اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ آﺷﻐﺎل‬،‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
.‫ ﻋﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺎدهاي ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺒﺎﻫﻲ دارد‬
‫ ﺻﺨﺮهﻫﺎ و اﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﺨﺖ‬3-7-14
If rocks or other hard objects are present in
the backfill along any section of the
pipeline, such backfill shall be screened
before being placed about the pipe, or, at
the option of the contractor, suitable waste
backfill from other parts of the line may be
transported to and placed about the pipe in
such sections.
14.7.4 Methods of compaction
‫اﮔﺮ ﺻﺨﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﺨﺖ در ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰي ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺮار‬
،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬
.‫و اﻃﺮاف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روش ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻛﺮدن‬4-7-14
Compaction of backfill in the trench shall
be by means of flooding, puddling,
tamping, jetting, or a method agreeable to
both the Company and the contractor.
Rodding with metal rods or other metal
tools that will come in contact with the
pipe coating shall not be permitted.
‫ ﺑﻬﻢ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﻼن‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ روش ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪن ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻴﺎل‬،‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫زﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻞ زدن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
71